Retrieves a mobile device's properties.
-Retrieves a paginated list of all mobile devices for an account.
+Retrieves a paginated list of all user-owned mobile devices for an account. To retrieve a list that includes company-owned devices, use the Cloud Identity [Devices API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/concepts/overview-devices) instead.
list_next(previous_request, previous_response)
Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -214,7 +214,7 @@list(customerId, maxResults=None, orderBy=None, pageToken=None, projection=None, query=None, sortOrder=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Retrieves a paginated list of all mobile devices for an account. +Retrieves a paginated list of all user-owned mobile devices for an account. To retrieve a list that includes company-owned devices, use the Cloud Identity [Devices API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/concepts/overview-devices) instead. Args: customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html index 94a7de9be86..617669175e0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/admin_directory_v1.orgunits.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@Method Details
Args: customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required) - orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required) + orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID. (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@Method Details
Args: customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required) - orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required) + orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID. (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
Args: customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required) - orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required) + orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@Method Details
Args: customerId: string, The unique ID for the customer's Google Workspace account. As an account administrator, you can also use the `my_customer` alias to represent your account's `customerId`. The `customerId` is also returned as part of the [Users resource](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/reference/users). (required) - orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID. (required) + orgUnitPath: string, The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html index 2e09a351085..5d87b221054 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.apps.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products associated with the app. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "appId": "A String", # ID of the app. @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products associated with the app. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "appId": "A String", # ID of the app. @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html index 6f9e4ec90b3..d4bb85344dc 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.developers.apps.html @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -195,7 +195,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -316,7 +316,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -438,7 +438,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -567,7 +567,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@Method Details
"apiProducts": [ # List of API products this credential can be used for. { "apiproduct": "A String", # Name of the API product. - "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. + "status": "A String", # Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`. }, ], "attributes": [ # List of attributes associated with this credential. diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html index 51c097fabf1..4d952b25589 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.html @@ -505,7 +505,8 @@Method Details
"organizations": [ # List of Apigee organizations and associated GCP projects. { "organization": "A String", # Name of the Apigee organization. - "projectIds": [ # List of GCP projects associated with the Apigee organization. + "projectId": "A String", # GCP project associated with the Apigee organization + "projectIds": [ # DEPRECATED: Use `project_id`. An Apigee Organization is mapped to a single project. "A String", ], }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html index a81e7c7c038..e98bf723ba8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.conversations.html @@ -631,9 +631,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -647,9 +647,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -842,9 +842,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1409,9 +1409,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1425,9 +1425,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1620,9 +1620,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html index 1f3a1313288..06b1bb05aa0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.dms.html @@ -639,9 +639,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -655,9 +655,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -850,9 +850,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1417,9 +1417,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1628,9 +1628,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -2195,9 +2195,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -2211,9 +2211,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -2406,9 +2406,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -2973,9 +2973,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -2989,9 +2989,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -3184,9 +3184,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html index 0512f12dc8a..e348508d21a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.conversations.html @@ -631,9 +631,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -647,9 +647,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -842,9 +842,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1409,9 +1409,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1425,9 +1425,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1620,9 +1620,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html index 6ef5feb8eb8..b5971bd89d1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.rooms.html @@ -639,9 +639,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -655,9 +655,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -850,9 +850,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1417,9 +1417,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1433,9 +1433,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1628,9 +1628,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -2195,9 +2195,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -2211,9 +2211,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -2406,9 +2406,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -2973,9 +2973,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -2989,9 +2989,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -3184,9 +3184,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html index faa200f4df3..1135993d0b1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.html @@ -716,9 +716,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -732,9 +732,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -927,9 +927,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1494,9 +1494,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1510,9 +1510,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1705,9 +1705,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html index 3c825133b8f..58f7253f1db 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.members.html @@ -108,11 +108,11 @@Method Details
{ # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the membership a.k.a. the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable. - "member": { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat. + "member": { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat. Represents a person in the People API. Formatted as `users/person_id` where `person_id` is available from the [People API](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people). "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "name": "A String", @@ -140,11 +140,11 @@Method Details
"memberships": [ # List of memberships in the requested (or first) page. { # Represents a membership relation in Google Chat. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The creation time of the membership a.k.a. the time at which the member joined the space, if applicable. - "member": { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat. + "member": { # A user in Google Chat. # A user in Google Chat. Represents a person in the People API. Formatted as `users/person_id` where `person_id` is available from the [People API](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people). "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "name": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html index 17fbafe37f2..0b911dbaa3a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/chat_v1.spaces.messages.html @@ -645,9 +645,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -661,9 +661,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -856,9 +856,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -1423,9 +1423,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -1439,9 +1439,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -1634,9 +1634,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -2224,9 +2224,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -2240,9 +2240,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -2435,9 +2435,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -3002,9 +3002,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -3018,9 +3018,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -3213,9 +3213,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. @@ -3779,9 +3779,9 @@Method Details
"slashCommand": { # Annotation metadata for slash commands (/). # The metadata for a slash command. "bot": { # A user in Google Chat. # The bot whose command was invoked. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "commandId": "A String", # The command id of the invoked slash command. @@ -3795,9 +3795,9 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # The type of user mention. "user": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user mentioned. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, }, @@ -3990,9 +3990,9 @@Method Details
"previewText": "A String", # Text for generating preview chips. This text will not be displayed to the user, but any links to images, web pages, videos, etc. included here will generate preview chips. "sender": { # A user in Google Chat. # The user who created the message. "displayName": "A String", # The user's display name. - "domainId": "A String", # Obfuscated domain information. + "domainId": "A String", # Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain. "isAnonymous": True or False, # True when the user is deleted or the user's profile is not visible. - "name": "A String", # Resource name, in the format "users/*". + "name": "A String", # Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API. "type": "A String", # User type. }, "slashCommand": { # A Slash Command in Chat. # Slash command information, if applicable. diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html index 94e4d5e1633..8a9facccaff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.html @@ -178,6 +178,7 @@Method Details
}, "targetRenders": { # Output only. Map from target ID to details of the render operation for that target. "a_key": { # Details of rendering for a single target. + "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. Reason this render failed. This will always be unspecified while the render in progress. "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. }, @@ -337,6 +338,7 @@Method Details
}, "targetRenders": { # Output only. Map from target ID to details of the render operation for that target. "a_key": { # Details of rendering for a single target. + "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. Reason this render failed. This will always be unspecified while the render in progress. "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. }, @@ -472,6 +474,7 @@Method Details
}, "targetRenders": { # Output only. Map from target ID to details of the render operation for that target. "a_key": { # Details of rendering for a single target. + "failureCause": "A String", # Output only. Reason this render failed. This will always be unspecified while the render in progress. "renderingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "renderingState": "A String", # Output only. Current state of the render operation for this Target. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html index 5a25981dd7f..7828380fe37 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html +++ b/docs/dyn/clouddeploy_v1.projects.locations.deliveryPipelines.releases.rollouts.html @@ -140,6 +140,7 @@Method Details
"approveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was approved. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was created. "deployEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` finished deploying. + "deployFailureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason this deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy in progress. "deployStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` started deploying. "deployingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to deploy the Rollout. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "description": "A String", # Description of the `Rollout` for user purposes. Max length is 255 characters. @@ -209,6 +210,7 @@Method Details
"approveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was approved. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was created. "deployEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` finished deploying. + "deployFailureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason this deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy in progress. "deployStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` started deploying. "deployingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to deploy the Rollout. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "description": "A String", # Description of the `Rollout` for user purposes. Max length is 255 characters. @@ -254,6 +256,7 @@Method Details
"approveTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was approved. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` was created. "deployEndTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` finished deploying. + "deployFailureCause": "A String", # Output only. The reason this deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy in progress. "deployStartTime": "A String", # Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` started deploying. "deployingBuild": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to deploy the Rollout. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`. "description": "A String", # Description of the `Rollout` for user purposes. Max length is 255 characters. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html index a3828bb815b..e46e18d2fff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.debug.datasources.items.html @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "version": "A String", # Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. + "version": "A String", # Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. See [this guide](https://developers.devsite.corp.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations) to understand how item version affects reindexing after delete item. }, ], "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list. diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html index 06d0f44df71..640ab26b3d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html +++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.indexing.datasources.items.html @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@Method Details
UNSPECIFIED - Priority is not specified in the update request. Leaving priority unspecified results in an update failure. SYNCHRONOUS - For real-time updates. ASYNCHRONOUS - For changes that are executed after the response is sent back to the caller. - version: string, Required. The incremented version of the item to delete from the index. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. + version: string, Required. The incremented version of the item to delete from the index. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. See [this guide](https://developers.devsite.corp.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations) to understand how item version affects reindexing after delete item. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -385,7 +385,7 @@Method Details
], }, }, - "version": "A String", # Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. + "version": "A String", # Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. See [this guide](https://developers.devsite.corp.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations) to understand how item version affects reindexing after delete item. }
Get the query statistics for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.
+ +Get search application stats for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.
Get the # of search sessions, % of successful sessions with a click query statistics for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.
@@ -135,6 +138,7 @@getSearchapplication(endDate_day=None, endDate_month=None, endDate_year=None, startDate_day=None, startDate_month=None, startDate_year=None, x__xgafv=None)
+ Get search application stats for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.
+
+Args:
+ endDate_day: integer, Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.
+ endDate_month: integer, Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.
+ endDate_year: integer, Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.
+ startDate_day: integer, Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.
+ startDate_month: integer, Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.
+ startDate_year: integer, Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.
+ x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+ Allowed values
+ 1 - v1 error format
+ 2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+ An object of the form:
+
+ { # Response format for search application stats for a customer.
+ "averageSearchApplicationCount": "A String", # Average search application count for the given date range.
+ "stats": [ # Search application stats by date.
+ { # Search application stats for a customer for the given date.
+ "count": "A String", # The count of search applications for the date.
+ "date": { # Represents a whole calendar date, for example a date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the [Proleptic Gregorian Calendar](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proleptic_Gregorian_calendar). The date must be a valid calendar date between the year 1 and 9999. # Date for which search application stats were calculated.
+ "day": 42, # Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.
+ "month": 42, # Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.
+ "year": 42, # Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.
+ },
+ },
+ ],
}
Close httplib2 connections.
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, zone, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
- Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -412,6 +412,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1537,7 +1538,7 @@Method Details
update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license. +Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html index 7bbcb6e2047..8540c0e3f48 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.firewallPolicies.html @@ -239,6 +239,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -256,6 +259,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -529,6 +535,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -546,6 +555,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -733,6 +745,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -750,6 +765,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -820,6 +838,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -837,6 +858,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -986,6 +1010,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1003,6 +1030,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1202,6 +1232,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1219,6 +1252,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1333,6 +1369,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1350,6 +1389,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html index 3a77044afae..fab796a6685 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.forwardingRules.html @@ -141,6 +141,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -332,6 +333,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -400,6 +402,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -540,6 +543,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -638,6 +642,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html index f75e8696ef4..7ac29f08ac4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalForwardingRules.html @@ -197,6 +197,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -264,6 +265,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -403,6 +405,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. @@ -500,6 +503,7 @@Method Details
"IPProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. For protocol forwarding, valid options are TCP, UDP, ESP, AH, SCTP, ICMP and L3_DEFAULT. The valid IP protocols are different for different load balancing products as described in [Load balancing features](https://cloud.google.com/load-balancing/docs/features#protocols_from_the_load_balancer_to_the_backends). "allPorts": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing or Network Load Balancing, or with the target field for internal and external TargetInstance. You can only use one of ports and port_range, or allPorts. The three are mutually exclusive. For TCP, UDP and SCTP traffic, packets addressed to any ports will be forwarded to the target or backendService. "allowGlobalAccess": True or False, # This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer. + "allowPscGlobalAccess": True or False, # This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region. "backendService": "A String", # Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index ef6427b5b11..66c71ff0e3b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html index 27661d45882..31958260d8c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceGroupManagers.html @@ -163,10 +163,10 @@Instance Methods
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
-
stopInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
-
suspendInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
testIamPermissions(project, zone, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
@@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@Method Details
stopInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. +Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@Method Details
suspendInstances(project, zone, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. +Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html index 71ab4863314..cee60dc4301 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instanceTemplates.html @@ -266,6 +266,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -343,8 +344,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -363,11 +364,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -380,7 +381,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -412,7 +413,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -678,6 +682,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -755,8 +760,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -775,11 +780,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -792,7 +797,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -824,7 +829,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1059,6 +1067,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1136,8 +1145,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1156,11 +1165,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1173,7 +1182,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1205,7 +1214,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html index 8fa6aea5573..6bfc9bc52dd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instances.html @@ -250,8 +250,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -499,6 +499,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -593,8 +594,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -613,11 +614,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -630,7 +631,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -653,6 +654,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -877,6 +883,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1072,6 +1079,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1166,8 +1174,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1186,11 +1194,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1203,7 +1211,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1226,6 +1234,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -1407,6 +1420,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1484,8 +1498,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1504,11 +1518,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1521,7 +1535,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1553,7 +1567,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1994,6 +2011,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -2088,8 +2106,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2108,11 +2126,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2125,7 +2143,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -2148,6 +2166,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -2300,6 +2323,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -2317,6 +2343,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -2829,6 +2858,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -2923,8 +2953,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2943,11 +2973,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2960,7 +2990,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -2983,6 +3013,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -3253,6 +3288,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -3347,8 +3383,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -3367,11 +3403,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -3384,7 +3420,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -3407,6 +3443,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -5636,6 +5677,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -5730,8 +5772,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -5750,11 +5792,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -5767,7 +5809,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -5790,6 +5832,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -5987,8 +6034,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -6150,8 +6197,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -6170,11 +6217,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -6187,7 +6234,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html index 7346d28c8b4..15e7ce4bfcb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.instantSnapshots.html @@ -153,6 +153,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. @@ -397,6 +400,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. @@ -535,6 +541,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. @@ -641,6 +650,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html index 42c7f6e17bd..b040ee03d66 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.machineImages.html @@ -265,6 +265,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -342,8 +343,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -362,11 +363,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -379,7 +380,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -411,7 +412,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -567,8 +571,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -587,11 +591,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -604,7 +608,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -865,6 +869,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -942,8 +947,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -962,11 +967,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -979,7 +984,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1011,7 +1016,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1167,8 +1175,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1187,11 +1195,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1204,7 +1212,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1435,6 +1443,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -1512,8 +1521,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1532,11 +1541,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1549,7 +1558,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1581,7 +1590,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1737,8 +1749,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1757,11 +1769,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1774,7 +1786,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html index ca2a7b81a3e..991c839a6a2 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -235,6 +235,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -252,6 +255,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -530,6 +536,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -547,6 +556,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -737,6 +749,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -754,6 +769,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -825,6 +843,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -842,6 +863,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -990,6 +1014,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1007,6 +1034,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1112,6 +1142,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1129,6 +1162,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1244,6 +1280,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1261,6 +1300,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html index 518626b137c..b02b8bec74e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.networks.html @@ -390,6 +390,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -407,6 +410,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html index 365ac7d1c31..c423f93e1ce 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.nodeGroups.html @@ -881,7 +881,7 @@Method Details
"diskType": "A String", # Specifies the desired disk type on the node. This disk type must be a local storage type (e.g.: local-ssd). Note that for nodeTemplates, this should be the name of the disk type and not its URL. }, ], - "instanceConsumptionDatas": [ # Instance data that shows consumed resources on the node. + "instanceConsumptionData": [ # Instance data that shows consumed resources on the node. { "consumptionInfo": { # Resources consumed by the instance. "guestCpus": 42, # The number of virtual CPUs that are available to the instance. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index ae8ff63db4c..030ac649472 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index ec22467478c..b2144330b74 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -212,7 +212,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -353,7 +353,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html index fa3f83e576a..b94a7f3c072 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionDisks.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, region, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@Method Details
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot of this regional disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -251,6 +251,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html index ed1ef06722d..e487844b869 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstanceGroupManagers.html @@ -157,10 +157,10 @@Instance Methods
Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be started. This method increases the targetSize and decreases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you start. The startInstances operation is marked DONE if the startInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STARTING action with the listmanagedinstances method. In this request, you can only specify instances that are stopped. For example, if an instance was previously stopped using the stopInstances method, it can be started using the startInstances method. If a health check is attached to the managed instance group, the specified instances will be verified as healthy after they are started. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
-
stopInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
-
suspendInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
+Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.
testIamPermissions(project, region, resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@Method Details
stopInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. +Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@Method Details
suspendInstances(project, region, instanceGroupManager, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. +Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html index 152684e028a..bcb0297593d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstances.html @@ -167,6 +167,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -261,8 +262,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -281,11 +282,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -298,7 +299,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -321,6 +322,11 @@Method Details
"externalIpEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "preservedStateSizeGb": "A String", # Total amount of preserved state for SUSPENDED instances. Read-only in the api. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. @@ -502,6 +508,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": "A String", # The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshot": "A String", # The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set. "sourceSnapshotEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source snapshot. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -579,8 +586,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -599,11 +606,11 @@Method Details
}, ], "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. - "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. + "internalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -616,7 +623,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -648,7 +655,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html index 56d94194e00..380474ad214 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionInstantSnapshots.html @@ -298,6 +298,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. @@ -436,6 +439,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. @@ -542,6 +548,9 @@Method Details
}, "name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "region": "A String", # [Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body. + "resourceStatus": { # [Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource. + "storageSizeBytes": "A String", # [Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot. + }, "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Reserved for future use. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "selfLinkWithId": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for this resource's resource id. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html index cc95668bae8..6c411fc46a0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNetworkFirewallPolicies.html @@ -240,6 +240,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -257,6 +260,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -538,6 +544,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -555,6 +564,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -649,6 +661,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -666,6 +681,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -887,6 +905,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -904,6 +925,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -976,6 +1000,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -993,6 +1020,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1142,6 +1172,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1159,6 +1192,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1265,6 +1301,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1282,6 +1321,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. @@ -1398,6 +1440,9 @@Method Details
"destIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of destination CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "destRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "layer4Configs": [ # Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match. { "ipProtocol": "A String", # The IP protocol to which this rule applies. The protocol type is required when creating a firewall rule. This value can either be one of the following well known protocol strings (tcp, udp, icmp, esp, ah, ipip, sctp), or the IP protocol number. @@ -1415,6 +1460,9 @@Method Details
"srcIpRanges": [ # CIDR IP address range. Maximum number of source CIDR IP ranges allowed is 5000. "A String", ], + "srcRegionCodes": [ # Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex."US" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000. + "A String", + ], "srcSecureTags": [ # List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256. { "name": "A String", # Name of the secure tag, created with TagManager's TagValue API. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index 3be6d789752..5cfa491552e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) notificationEndpoint: string, Name of the NotificationEndpoint resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -332,7 +332,7 @@Method Details
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html index c19c56bed7c..8fc59a7ddfd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 8242c47004c..db463a9d8fb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) targetHttpsProxy: string, Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -413,7 +413,7 @@Method Details
], } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html index 6ee7cbaf60d..695a48aab80 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.serviceAttachments.html @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com". + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. "A String", ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) serviceAttachment: string, Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com". + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. "A String", ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com". + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. "A String", ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. @@ -508,7 +508,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com". + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. "A String", ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. @@ -693,7 +693,7 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. - "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com". + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. "A String", ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. @@ -714,7 +714,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html index ee3037ed319..dc96bb1b5bd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.snapshots.html @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
-
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.
@@ -230,6 +230,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -358,7 +359,7 @@Method Details
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. +Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -403,6 +404,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key @@ -545,6 +547,7 @@Method Details
"rsaEncryptedKey": "A String", # Specifies an RFC 4648 base64 encoded, RSA-wrapped 2048-bit customer-supplied encryption key to either encrypt or decrypt this resource. You can provide either the rawKey or the rsaEncryptedKey. For example: "rsaEncryptedKey": "ieCx/NcW06PcT7Ep1X6LUTc/hLvUDYyzSZPPVCVPTVEohpeHASqC8uw5TzyO9U+Fka9JFH z0mBibXUInrC/jEk014kCK/NPjYgEMOyssZ4ZINPKxlUh2zn1bV+MCaTICrdmuSBTWlUUiFoD D6PYznLwh8ZNdaheCeZ8ewEXgFQ8V+sDroLaN3Xs3MDTXQEMMoNUXMCZEIpg9Vtp9x2oe==" The key must meet the following requirements before you can provide it to Compute Engine: 1. The key is wrapped using a RSA public key certificate provided by Google. 2. After being wrapped, the key must be encoded in RFC 4648 base64 encoding. Gets the RSA public key certificate provided by Google at: https://cloud-certs.storage.googleapis.com/google-cloud-csek-ingress.pem "sha256": "A String", # [Output only] The RFC 4648 base64 encoded SHA-256 hash of the customer-supplied encryption key that protects this resource. }, + "snapshotType": "A String", # Indicates the type of the snapshot. "sourceDisk": "A String", # The source disk used to create this snapshot. "sourceDiskEncryptionKey": { # The customer-supplied encryption key of the source disk. Required if the source disk is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The name of the encryption key that is stored in Google Cloud KMS. For example: "kmsKeyName": "projects/kms_project_id/locations/region/keyRings/ key_region/cryptoKeys/key diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html index 09e85987b04..ca497616f43 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.sslCertificates.html @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html index c6cc17e36dc..44082f4fd28 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.subnetworks.html @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html index 1059ccd027c..f31e1404396 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) targetGrpcProxy: string, Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -222,7 +222,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -370,7 +370,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html index 8a30f6e8791..af3607d95a9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html index b6c27cf5fe2..ebf7742e1fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_alpha.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -544,7 +544,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html index 089e5167b84..fb1578cf393 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.disks.html @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, zone, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@Instance Methods
Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource.
-
update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
+Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.
Method Details
addResourcePolicies(project, zone, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)@@ -357,7 +357,7 @@Method Details
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) @@ -1484,7 +1484,7 @@Method Details
update(project, zone, disk, body=None, paths=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license. +Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 5b980beda1b..320fecd68da 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html index d8237320388..772716394c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instanceTemplates.html @@ -233,6 +233,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -322,8 +325,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -342,8 +345,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -354,7 +357,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -377,7 +380,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -601,6 +607,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -690,8 +699,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -710,8 +719,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -722,7 +731,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -745,7 +754,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -934,6 +946,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -1023,8 +1038,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1043,8 +1058,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1055,7 +1070,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1078,7 +1093,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html index 884a3ea2383..4d52bf34bdb 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.instances.html @@ -247,8 +247,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -457,6 +457,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -556,8 +559,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -576,8 +579,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -588,7 +591,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -602,6 +605,11 @@Method Details
"networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -768,6 +776,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -940,6 +951,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -1029,8 +1043,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1049,8 +1063,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1061,7 +1075,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1084,7 +1098,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1468,6 +1485,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -1567,8 +1587,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1587,8 +1607,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1599,7 +1619,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1613,6 +1633,11 @@Method Details
"networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -2191,6 +2216,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -2290,8 +2318,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2310,8 +2338,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2322,7 +2350,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -2336,6 +2364,11 @@Method Details
"networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -2541,6 +2574,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -2640,8 +2676,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2660,8 +2696,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2672,7 +2708,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -2686,6 +2722,11 @@Method Details
"networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -4685,6 +4726,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -4784,8 +4828,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4804,8 +4848,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4816,7 +4860,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -4830,6 +4874,11 @@Method Details
"networkPerformanceConfig": { "totalEgressBandwidthTier": "A String", }, + "params": { # Additional instance params. # Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": "A String", # PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance. "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The private IPv6 google access type for the VM. If not specified, use INHERIT_FROM_SUBNETWORK as default. "reservationAffinity": { # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. # Specifies the reservations that this instance can consume from. @@ -4990,8 +5039,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -5143,8 +5192,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -5163,8 +5212,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -5175,7 +5224,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html index 07ea9989942..0ece2caf978 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -136,12 +136,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -174,6 +181,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -312,12 +320,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -350,6 +365,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -369,12 +385,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -407,6 +430,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -495,12 +519,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -533,6 +564,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -582,12 +614,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -620,6 +659,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html index 5e6e35b0eb9..5ee9bdcb39b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.machineImages.html @@ -232,6 +232,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -321,8 +324,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -341,8 +344,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -353,7 +356,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -376,7 +379,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -518,8 +524,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -538,8 +544,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -550,7 +556,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -765,6 +771,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -854,8 +863,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -874,8 +883,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -886,7 +895,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -909,7 +918,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1051,8 +1063,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1071,8 +1083,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1083,7 +1095,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1264,6 +1276,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -1353,8 +1368,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1373,8 +1388,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1385,7 +1400,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1408,7 +1423,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1550,8 +1568,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1570,8 +1588,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1582,7 +1600,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index 4ee47c3384b..1e021108f08 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 142ab93d66d..9dd3e981900 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html index 3d747f24777..26c94aa8ff7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionDisks.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, region, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@Method Details
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot of this regional disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html index 36a49f9c8e3..654492ea5d8 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionInstances.html @@ -135,6 +135,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "multiWriter": True or False, # Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance. "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. @@ -224,8 +227,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -244,8 +247,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -256,7 +259,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -279,7 +282,10 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourceManagerTags": { # Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty. + "a_key": "A String", + }, + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index fcf084469db..8aba604385b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) notificationEndpoint: string, Name of the NotificationEndpoint resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@Method Details
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSslCertificates.html index b2c781c930f..1424480f303 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index c0569e5fdeb..ed5e0b66efd 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) targetHttpsProxy: string, Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@Method Details
], } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -473,7 +473,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html index 95666c16a7f..a4edb66102f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.serviceAttachments.html @@ -156,6 +156,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -232,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) serviceAttachment: string, Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -324,6 +327,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -477,6 +483,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -495,7 +504,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -594,6 +603,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -673,6 +685,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -691,7 +706,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html index c6d7e64db6d..e63ea3142d0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.snapshots.html @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
-
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.
@@ -345,7 +345,7 @@Method Details
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. +Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.sslCertificates.html index 15540412305..4844827bfd7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.sslCertificates.html @@ -214,7 +214,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html index b5d177204a7..27aeafb9394 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.subnetworks.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -557,7 +557,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetGrpcProxies.html index c85f353b9bd..38d72a1df7a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) targetGrpcProxy: string, Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpProxies.html index 15f79bd0f45..4f02bb7dbff 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -469,7 +469,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html index 6ba3ed66950..047a4d9d2a5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_beta.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -531,7 +531,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html index 248ea78804f..ecc6d9e964d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.disks.html @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, zone, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified persistent disk. Deleting a disk removes its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@Method Details
createSnapshot(project, zone, disk, body=None, guestFlush=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 900202705f8..4c518f4b001 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -374,6 +374,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -417,6 +418,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -528,6 +530,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 1a07733734e..a9e3cee7d0e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.globalPublicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -241,7 +241,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html index 63f2bf284b1..3db451f5656 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instanceTemplates.html @@ -228,6 +228,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -309,8 +312,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -329,8 +332,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -341,7 +344,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -363,7 +366,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -574,6 +577,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -655,8 +661,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -675,8 +681,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -687,7 +693,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -709,7 +715,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -885,6 +891,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -966,8 +975,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -986,8 +995,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -998,7 +1007,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1020,7 +1029,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html index 53ad6b22880..3fe18151ad4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.instances.html @@ -229,8 +229,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -434,6 +434,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -527,8 +530,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -547,8 +550,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -559,7 +562,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -722,6 +725,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -884,6 +890,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -965,8 +974,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -985,8 +994,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -997,7 +1006,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1019,7 +1028,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1389,6 +1398,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -1482,8 +1494,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1502,8 +1514,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1514,7 +1526,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1979,6 +1991,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -2072,8 +2087,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2092,8 +2107,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2104,7 +2119,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -2306,6 +2321,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -2399,8 +2417,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2419,8 +2437,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -2431,7 +2449,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -4127,6 +4145,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -4220,8 +4241,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4240,8 +4261,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4252,7 +4273,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -4414,8 +4435,8 @@Method Details
The object takes the form of: { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4567,8 +4588,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4587,8 +4608,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -4599,7 +4620,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html index ce87d1823e0..839164e8be4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.interconnectAttachments.html @@ -130,12 +130,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -164,6 +171,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -302,12 +310,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -336,6 +351,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -355,12 +371,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -389,6 +412,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -477,12 +501,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -511,6 +542,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. @@ -560,12 +592,19 @@Method Details
{ # Represents an Interconnect Attachment (VLAN) resource. You can use Interconnect attachments (VLANS) to connect your Virtual Private Cloud networks to your on-premises networks through an Interconnect. For more information, read Creating VLAN Attachments. "adminEnabled": True or False, # Determines whether this Attachment will carry packets. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER. "bandwidth": "A String", # Provisioned bandwidth capacity for the interconnect attachment. For attachments of type DEDICATED, the user can set the bandwidth. For attachments of type PARTNER, the Google Partner that is operating the interconnect must set the bandwidth. Output only for PARTNER type, mutable for PARTNER_PROVIDER and DEDICATED, and can take one of the following values: - BPS_50M: 50 Mbit/s - BPS_100M: 100 Mbit/s - BPS_200M: 200 Mbit/s - BPS_300M: 300 Mbit/s - BPS_400M: 400 Mbit/s - BPS_500M: 500 Mbit/s - BPS_1G: 1 Gbit/s - BPS_2G: 2 Gbit/s - BPS_5G: 5 Gbit/s - BPS_10G: 10 Gbit/s - BPS_20G: 20 Gbit/s - BPS_50G: 50 Gbit/s + "candidateIpv6Subnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected. + "A String", + ], "candidateSubnets": [ # Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space. "A String", ], "cloudRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment. + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "customerRouterIpAddress": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment. + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": "A String", # If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet. "dataplaneVersion": 42, # [Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. "edgeAvailabilityDomain": "A String", # Desired availability domain for the attachment. Only available for type PARTNER, at creation time, and can take one of the following values: - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_1 - AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_2 For improved reliability, customers should configure a pair of attachments, one per availability domain. The selected availability domain will be provided to the Partner via the pairing key, so that the provisioned circuit will lie in the specified domain. If not specified, the value will default to AVAILABILITY_DOMAIN_ANY. @@ -594,6 +633,7 @@Method Details
"router": "A String", # URL of the Cloud Router to be used for dynamic routing. This router must be in the same region as this InterconnectAttachment. The InterconnectAttachment will automatically connect the Interconnect to the network & region within which the Cloud Router is configured. "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # [Output Only] Set to true if the resource satisfies the zone separation organization policy constraints and false otherwise. Defaults to false if the field is not present. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. + "stackType": "A String", # The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations. "state": "A String", # [Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. "type": "A String", # The type of interconnect attachment this is, which can take one of the following values: - DEDICATED: an attachment to a Dedicated Interconnect. - PARTNER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the customer. - PARTNER_PROVIDER: an attachment to a Partner Interconnect, created by the partner. "vlanTag8021q": 42, # The IEEE 802.1Q VLAN tag for this attachment, in the range 2-4094. Only specified at creation time. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html index 9983c7cc79c..c9d604fd194 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.machineImages.html @@ -227,6 +227,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -308,8 +311,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -328,8 +331,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -340,7 +343,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -362,7 +365,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -496,8 +499,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -516,8 +519,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -528,7 +531,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -734,6 +737,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -815,8 +821,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -835,8 +841,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -847,7 +853,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -869,7 +875,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1003,8 +1009,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1023,8 +1029,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1035,7 +1041,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1207,6 +1213,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -1288,8 +1297,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1308,8 +1317,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1320,7 +1329,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -1342,7 +1351,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. @@ -1476,8 +1485,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1496,8 +1505,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -1508,7 +1517,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html index 6b67a1403b4..5942abee824 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.networkEndpointGroups.html @@ -165,6 +165,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -490,6 +491,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -534,6 +536,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -646,6 +649,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html index e05226cdb94..45952629428 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicAdvertisedPrefixes.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) publicAdvertisedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicAdvertisedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # The status of the public advertised prefix. Possible values include: - `INITIAL`: RPKI validation is complete. - `PTR_CONFIGURED`: User has configured the PTR. - `VALIDATED`: Reverse DNS lookup is successful. - `REVERSE_DNS_LOOKUP_FAILED`: Reverse DNS lookup failed. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being configured. - `PREFIX_CONFIGURATION_COMPLETE`: The prefix is fully configured. - `PREFIX_REMOVAL_IN_PROGRESS`: The prefix is being removed. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html index 168e65b85dd..e4bc5c2dc9c 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.publicDelegatedPrefixes.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) publicDelegatedPrefix: string, Name of the PublicDelegatedPrefix resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -518,7 +518,7 @@Method Details
"status": "A String", # [Output Only] The status of the public delegated prefix, which can be one of following values: - `INITIALIZING` The public delegated prefix is being initialized and addresses cannot be created yet. - `READY_TO_ANNOUNCE` The public delegated prefix is a live migration prefix and is active. - `ANNOUNCED` The public delegated prefix is active. - `DELETING` The public delegated prefix is being deprovsioned. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html index dc3df04131c..9ed7cb00f67 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionDisks.html @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.
+Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
delete(project, region, disk, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes the specified regional persistent disk. Deleting a regional disk removes all the replicas of its data permanently and is irreversible. However, deleting a disk does not delete any snapshots previously made from the disk. You must separately delete snapshots.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@Method Details
createSnapshot(project, region, disk, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot of this regional disk. +Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html index ecc3d39d366..46fd26b62d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionInstances.html @@ -130,6 +130,9 @@Method Details
"labels": { # Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks. "a_key": "A String", }, + "licenses": [ # A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use. + "A String", + ], "onUpdateAction": "A String", # Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk. "provisionedIops": "A String", # Indicates how many IOPS to provision for the disk. This sets the number of I/O operations per second that the disk can handle. Values must be between 10,000 and 120,000. For more details, see the Extreme persistent disk documentation. "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies applied to this disk for automatic snapshot creations. Specified using the full or partial URL. For instance template, specify only the resource policy name. @@ -211,8 +214,8 @@Method Details
{ # A network interface resource attached to an instance. "accessConfigs": [ # An array of configurations for this interface. Currently, only one access config, ONE_TO_ONE_NAT, is supported. If there are no accessConfigs specified, then this instance will have no external internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -231,8 +234,8 @@Method Details
"fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint hash of contents stored in this network interface. This field will be ignored when inserting an Instance or adding a NetworkInterface. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to update the NetworkInterface. The request will fail with error 400 Bad Request if the fingerprint is not provided, or 412 Precondition Failed if the fingerprint is out of date. "ipv6AccessConfigs": [ # An array of IPv6 access configurations for this interface. Currently, only one IPv6 access config, DIRECT_IPV6, is supported. If there is no ipv6AccessConfig specified, then this instance will have no external IPv6 Internet access. { # An access configuration attached to an instance's network interface. Only one access config per instance is supported. - "externalIpv6": "A String", # [Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. - "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # [Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. + "externalIpv6": "A String", # The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically. + "externalIpv6PrefixLength": 42, # The prefix length of the external IPv6 range. "kind": "compute#accessConfig", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#accessConfig for access configs. "name": "A String", # The name of this access configuration. The default and recommended name is External NAT, but you can use any arbitrary string, such as My external IP or Network Access. "natIP": "A String", # An external IP address associated with this instance. Specify an unused static external IP address available to the project or leave this field undefined to use an IP from a shared ephemeral IP address pool. If you specify a static external IP address, it must live in the same region as the zone of the instance. @@ -243,7 +246,7 @@Method Details
}, ], "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # [Output Only] One of EXTERNAL, INTERNAL to indicate whether the IP can be accessed from the Internet. This field is always inherited from its subnetwork. Valid only if stackType is IPV4_IPV6. - "ipv6Address": "A String", # [Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. + "ipv6Address": "A String", # An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface. "kind": "compute#networkInterface", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#networkInterface for network interfaces. "name": "A String", # [Output Only] The name of the network interface, which is generated by the server. For network devices, these are eth0, eth1, etc. "network": "A String", # URL of the VPC network resource for this instance. When creating an instance, if neither the network nor the subnetwork is specified, the default network global/networks/default is used. If the selected project doesn't have the default network, you must specify a network or subnet. If the network is not specified but the subnetwork is specified, the network is inferred. If you specify this property, you can specify the network as a full or partial URL. For example, the following are all valid URLs: - https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/project/global/networks/ network - projects/project/global/networks/network - global/networks/default @@ -265,7 +268,7 @@Method Details
"A String", ], }, - "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. + "resourcePolicies": [ # Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet. "A String", ], "scheduling": { # Sets the scheduling options for an Instance. NextID: 21 # Specifies the scheduling options for the instances that are created from these properties. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html index 8824935e2db..0ddbb3d1b0d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNetworkEndpointGroups.html @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -248,6 +249,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. @@ -360,6 +362,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Name of the resource; provided by the client when the resource is created. The name must be 1-63 characters long, and comply with RFC1035. Specifically, the name must be 1-63 characters long and match the regular expression `[a-z]([-a-z0-9]*[a-z0-9])?` which means the first character must be a lowercase letter, and all following characters must be a dash, lowercase letter, or digit, except the last character, which cannot be a dash. "network": "A String", # The URL of the network to which all network endpoints in the NEG belong. Uses "default" project network if unspecified. "networkEndpointType": "A String", # Type of network endpoints in this network endpoint group. Can be one of GCE_VM_IP_PORT, NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT, INTERNET_FQDN_PORT, INTERNET_IP_PORT, SERVERLESS, PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT. + "pscTargetService": "A String", # The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: "asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com" "region": "A String", # [Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located. "selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. "size": 42, # [Output only] Number of network endpoints in the network endpoint group. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html index 764ed585110..234c523a061 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionNotificationEndpoints.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) notificationEndpoint: string, Name of the NotificationEndpoint resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@Method Details
"selfLink": "A String", # [Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html index 9ce6b04402a..4ad1e046c8f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionSslCertificates.html @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -249,7 +249,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html index 183a979be2a..92803251df9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.regionTargetHttpsProxies.html @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region scoping this request. (required) targetHttpsProxy: string, Name of the TargetHttpsProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -381,7 +381,7 @@Method Details
], } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -452,7 +452,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html index e9a059aeeb1..2b0b00dcc44 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.serviceAttachments.html @@ -156,6 +156,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -232,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) region: string, Name of the region of this request. (required) serviceAttachment: string, Name of the ServiceAttachment resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -324,6 +327,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -477,6 +483,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -495,7 +504,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -594,6 +603,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -673,6 +685,9 @@Method Details
], "creationTimestamp": "A String", # [Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format. "description": "A String", # An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource. + "domainNames": [ # If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: "p.mycompany.com.". Current max number of domain names supported is 1. + "A String", + ], "enableProxyProtocol": True or False, # If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers. "fingerprint": "A String", # Fingerprint of this resource. A hash of the contents stored in this object. This field is used in optimistic locking. This field will be ignored when inserting a ServiceAttachment. An up-to-date fingerprint must be provided in order to patch/update the ServiceAttachment; otherwise, the request will fail with error 412 conditionNotMet. To see the latest fingerprint, make a get() request to retrieve the ServiceAttachment. "id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource type. The server generates this identifier. @@ -691,7 +706,7 @@Method Details
"targetService": "A String", # The URL of a service serving the endpoint identified by this service attachment. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html index 24d430d1286..fa2b0bc39e9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.snapshots.html @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@Instance Methods
Gets the access control policy for a resource. May be empty if no such policy or resource exists.
-
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.
+Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.
Retrieves the list of Snapshot resources contained within the specified project.
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@Method Details
insert(project, body=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. +Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project. Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html index e558fdc2f84..8dbaa3470d4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.sslCertificates.html @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) sslCertificate: string, Name of the SslCertificate resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@Method Details
"type": "A String", # (Optional) Specifies the type of SSL certificate, either "SELF_MANAGED" or "MANAGED". If not specified, the certificate is self-managed and the fields certificate and private_key are used. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html index e23c6606492..a51e202456f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.subnetworks.html @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -399,7 +399,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. @@ -818,7 +818,7 @@Method Details
"id": "A String", # [Output Only] The unique identifier for the resource. This identifier is defined by the server. "ipCidrRange": "A String", # The range of internal addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Provide this property when you create the subnetwork. For example, 10.0.0.0/8 or 100.64.0.0/10. Ranges must be unique and non-overlapping within a network. Only IPv4 is supported. This field is set at resource creation time. The range can be any range listed in the Valid ranges list. The range can be expanded after creation using expandIpCidrRange. "ipv6AccessType": "A String", # The access type of IPv6 address this subnet holds. It's immutable and can only be specified during creation or the first time the subnet is updated into IPV4_IPV6 dual stack. If the ipv6_type is EXTERNAL then this subnet cannot enable direct path. - "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. + "ipv6CidrRange": "A String", # [Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually. "kind": "compute#subnetwork", # [Output Only] Type of the resource. Always compute#subnetwork for Subnetwork resources. "logConfig": { # The available logging options for this subnetwork. # This field denotes the VPC flow logging options for this subnetwork. If logging is enabled, logs are exported to Cloud Logging. "aggregationInterval": "A String", # Can only be specified if VPC flow logging for this subnetwork is enabled. Toggles the aggregation interval for collecting flow logs. Increasing the interval time will reduce the amount of generated flow logs for long lasting connections. Default is an interval of 5 seconds per connection. diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html index 511e7efe2a9..721f52ab80e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetGrpcProxies.html @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@Method Details
Args: project: string, Project ID for this request. (required) targetGrpcProxy: string, Name of the TargetGrpcProxy resource to delete. (required) - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -215,7 +215,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -359,7 +359,7 @@Method Details
"validateForProxyless": True or False, # If true, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap may be accessed by gRPC applications without using a sidecar proxy. This will enable configuration checks on urlMap and its referenced BackendServices to not allow unsupported features. A gRPC application must use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to. If false, indicates that the BackendServices referenced by the urlMap will be accessed by gRPC applications via a sidecar proxy. In this case, a gRPC application must not use "xds:///" scheme in the target URI of the service it is connecting to } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html index 67343e910e4..4290a168304 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpProxies.html @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html index c433f225559..5c5280ad5fa 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html +++ b/docs/dyn/compute_v1.targetHttpsProxies.html @@ -495,7 +495,7 @@Method Details
"urlMap": "A String", # A fully-qualified or valid partial URL to the UrlMap resource that defines the mapping from URL to the BackendService. For example, the following are all valid URLs for specifying a URL map: - https://www.googleapis.compute/v1/projects/project/global/urlMaps/ url-map - projects/project/global/urlMaps/url-map - global/urlMaps/url-map } - requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder + requestId: string, An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html index e3398bb1575..77313b68d32 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html @@ -288,6 +288,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} @@ -518,6 +519,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} @@ -645,8 +647,8 @@Method Details
view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `FULL`. Allowed values CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest. - BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response. - FULL - All fields are populated. + BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation. + FULL - All fields are populated for Insights conversation. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -778,6 +780,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} @@ -889,8 +892,8 @@Method Details
view: string, The level of details of the conversation. Default is `BASIC`. Allowed values CONVERSATION_VIEW_UNSPECIFIED - Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest. - BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response. - FULL - All fields are populated. + BASIC - Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation. + FULL - All fields are populated for Insights conversation. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -1024,6 +1027,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} @@ -1272,6 +1276,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} @@ -1502,6 +1507,7 @@Method Details
}, "medium": "A String", # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL. "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation} + "obfuscatedUserId": "A String", # Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us. "runtimeAnnotations": [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction. { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction. "annotationId": "A String", # The unique identifier of the annotation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversationDatasets/{dataset}/conversationDataItems/{data_item}/conversationAnnotations/{annotation} diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html index fcf581bc153..15cdec624cf 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -390,6 +390,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -397,6 +400,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -448,6 +454,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -478,7 +487,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -575,7 +584,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -663,6 +672,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1018,6 +1032,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1025,6 +1042,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1076,6 +1096,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -1106,7 +1129,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1203,7 +1226,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1291,6 +1314,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1549,6 +1577,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1556,6 +1587,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1607,6 +1641,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -1637,7 +1674,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1734,7 +1771,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1822,6 +1859,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2239,6 +2281,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2246,6 +2291,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2881,6 +2929,11 @@Method Details
"desiredNotificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # The desired notification configuration. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2908,6 +2961,9 @@Method Details
}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "desiredShieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Configuration for Shielded Nodes. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Shielded Nodes features are enabled on all nodes in this cluster. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 4d46f8934f4..1539ba3a784 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -436,7 +436,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -579,7 +579,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. "sysctls": { # The Linux kernel parameters to be applied to the nodes and all pods running on the nodes. The following parameters are supported. net.core.netdev_max_backlog net.core.rmem_max net.core.wmem_default net.core.wmem_max net.core.optmem_max net.core.somaxconn net.ipv4.tcp_rmem net.ipv4.tcp_wmem net.ipv4.tcp_tw_reuse diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html index 891697bc221..240fa3d6634 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -494,6 +494,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -501,6 +504,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -552,6 +558,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -582,7 +591,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -679,7 +688,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -767,6 +776,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1122,6 +1136,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1129,6 +1146,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1180,6 +1200,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -1210,7 +1233,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1307,7 +1330,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1395,6 +1418,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1697,6 +1725,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1704,6 +1735,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1755,6 +1789,9 @@Method Details
"enableL4ilbSubsetting": True or False, # Whether L4ILB Subsetting is enabled for this cluster. "network": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine network(https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/networks-and-firewalls#networks) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/global/networks/my-network "privateIpv6GoogleAccess": "A String", # The desired state of IPv6 connectivity to Google Services. By default, no private IPv6 access to or from Google Services (all access will be via IPv4) + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "subnetwork": "A String", # Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet }, "networkPolicy": { # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/services-networking/networkpolicies/ # Configuration options for the NetworkPolicy feature. @@ -1785,7 +1822,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1882,7 +1919,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1970,6 +2007,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2451,6 +2493,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2458,6 +2503,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2942,6 +2990,11 @@Method Details
"desiredNotificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # The desired notification configuration. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2969,6 +3022,9 @@Method Details
}, "enableNetworkEgressMetering": True or False, # Whether to enable network egress metering for this cluster. If enabled, a daemonset will be created in the cluster to meter network egress traffic. }, + "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { # Config to block services with externalIPs field. # ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field. + "enabled": True or False, # Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not. + }, "desiredShieldedNodes": { # Configuration of Shielded Nodes feature. # Configuration for Shielded Nodes. "enabled": True or False, # Whether Shielded Nodes features are enabled on all nodes in this cluster. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index f765ea082c2..78b9e0e9b8a 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -248,7 +248,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -525,7 +525,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -668,7 +668,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1032,7 +1032,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "linuxNodeConfig": { # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. # Parameters that can be configured on Linux nodes. "sysctls": { # The Linux kernel parameters to be applied to the nodes and all pods running on the nodes. The following parameters are supported. net.core.netdev_max_backlog net.core.rmem_max net.core.wmem_default net.core.wmem_max net.core.optmem_max net.core.somaxconn net.ipv4.tcp_rmem net.ipv4.tcp_wmem net.ipv4.tcp_tw_reuse diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html index a7abc5d4def..3e1417ba8e1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html @@ -404,6 +404,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -411,6 +414,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -504,7 +510,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -607,7 +613,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -698,6 +704,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1081,6 +1092,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1088,6 +1102,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1181,7 +1198,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1284,7 +1301,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1375,6 +1392,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1661,6 +1683,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1668,6 +1693,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1761,7 +1789,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1864,7 +1892,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1955,6 +1983,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2393,6 +2426,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2400,6 +2436,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2992,7 +3031,7 @@Method Details
"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, - "desiredGcfsConfig": { # GcfsConfig contains configurations of Google Container File System. # The desired GCFS config for the cluster + "desiredGcfsConfig": { # GcfsConfig contains configurations of Google Container File System. # The desired GCFS config for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Whether to use GCFS. }, "desiredIdentityServiceConfig": { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration. @@ -3053,6 +3092,11 @@Method Details
"desiredNotificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # The desired notification configuration. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html index 8ac5fb860d8..c5a9815f7d3 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -594,7 +594,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1033,7 +1033,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # Collection of node-level [Kubernetes labels](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels). # The desired node labels to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the labels will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing node labels will be *replaced* with the provided labels. "labels": { # Map of node label keys and node label values. diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html index c52c73a65de..9992b652008 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html @@ -515,6 +515,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -522,6 +525,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -615,7 +621,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -718,7 +724,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -809,6 +815,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1192,6 +1203,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1199,6 +1213,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1292,7 +1309,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1395,7 +1412,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1486,6 +1503,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -1816,6 +1838,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1823,6 +1848,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -1916,7 +1944,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -2019,7 +2047,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -2110,6 +2138,11 @@Method Details
"notificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # Notification configuration of the cluster. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, @@ -2605,6 +2638,9 @@Method Details
"maintenanceExclusions": { # Exceptions to maintenance window. Non-emergency maintenance should not occur in these windows. "a_key": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -2612,6 +2648,9 @@Method Details
"recurrence": "A String", # An RRULE (https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc5545#section-3.8.5.3) for how this window reccurs. They go on for the span of time between the start and end time. For example, to have something repeat every weekday, you'd use: `FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR` To repeat some window daily (equivalent to the DailyMaintenanceWindow): `FREQ=DAILY` For the first weekend of every month: `FREQ=MONTHLY;BYSETPOS=1;BYDAY=SA,SU` This specifies how frequently the window starts. Eg, if you wanted to have a 9-5 UTC-4 window every weekday, you'd use something like: ``` start time = 2019-01-01T09:00:00-0400 end time = 2019-01-01T17:00:00-0400 recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=MO,TU,WE,TH,FR ``` Windows can span multiple days. Eg, to make the window encompass every weekend from midnight Saturday till the last minute of Sunday UTC: ``` start time = 2019-01-05T00:00:00Z end time = 2019-01-07T23:59:00Z recurrence = FREQ=WEEKLY;BYDAY=SA ``` Note the start and end time's specific dates are largely arbitrary except to specify duration of the window and when it first starts. The FREQ values of HOURLY, MINUTELY, and SECONDLY are not supported. "window": { # Represents an arbitrary window of time. # The window of the first recurrence. "endTime": "A String", # The time that the window ends. The end time should take place after the start time. + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { # Represents the Maintenance exclusion option. # MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options. + "scope": "A String", # Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion. + }, "startTime": "A String", # The time that the window first starts. }, }, @@ -3053,7 +3092,7 @@Method Details
"clusterDnsDomain": "A String", # cluster_dns_domain is the suffix used for all cluster service records. "clusterDnsScope": "A String", # cluster_dns_scope indicates the scope of access to cluster DNS records. }, - "desiredGcfsConfig": { # GcfsConfig contains configurations of Google Container File System. # The desired GCFS config for the cluster + "desiredGcfsConfig": { # GcfsConfig contains configurations of Google Container File System. # The desired GCFS config for the cluster. "enabled": True or False, # Whether to use GCFS. }, "desiredIdentityServiceConfig": { # IdentityServiceConfig is configuration for Identity Service which allows customers to use external identity providers with the K8S API # The desired Identity Service component configuration. @@ -3114,6 +3153,11 @@Method Details
"desiredNotificationConfig": { # NotificationConfig is the configuration of notifications. # The desired notification configuration. "pubsub": { # Pub/Sub specific notification config. # Notification config for Pub/Sub. "enabled": True or False, # Enable notifications for Pub/Sub. + "filter": { # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent # Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent + "eventType": [ # Event types to allowlist. + "A String", + ], + }, "topic": "A String", # The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`. }, }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html index 01153c88f30..3a412a8b505 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html +++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -534,7 +534,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -683,7 +683,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # The map of Kubernetes labels (key/value pairs) to be applied to each node. These will added in addition to any default label(s) that Kubernetes may apply to the node. In case of conflict in label keys, the applied set may differ depending on the Kubernetes version -- it's best to assume the behavior is undefined and conflicts should be avoided. For more information, including usage and the valid values, see: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels/ "a_key": "A String", @@ -1050,7 +1050,7 @@Method Details
"kubeletConfig": { # Node kubelet configs. # Node kubelet configs. "cpuCfsQuota": True or False, # Enable CPU CFS quota enforcement for containers that specify CPU limits. This option is enabled by default which makes kubelet use CFS quota (https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/scheduler/sched-bwc.txt) to enforce container CPU limits. Otherwise, CPU limits will not be enforced at all. Disable this option to mitigate CPU throttling problems while still having your pods to be in Guaranteed QoS class by specifying the CPU limits. The default value is 'true' if unspecified. "cpuCfsQuotaPeriod": "A String", # Set the CPU CFS quota period value 'cpu.cfs_period_us'. The string must be a sequence of decimal numbers, each with optional fraction and a unit suffix, such as "300ms". Valid time units are "ns", "us" (or "µs"), "ms", "s", "m", "h". The value must be a positive duration. - "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. + "cpuManagerPolicy": "A String", # Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * "none": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * "static": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified. }, "labels": { # Collection of node-level [Kubernetes labels](https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/overview/working-with-objects/labels). # The desired node labels to be applied to all nodes in the node pool. If this field is not present, the labels will not be changed. Otherwise, the existing node labels will be *replaced* with the provided labels. "labels": { # Map of node label keys and node label values. diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html index fa95dda142f..b95ccbd641b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@Instance Methods
Close httplib2 connections.
-
listPipelines(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Lists pipelines. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the list is empty. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.
+Lists pipelines. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.
listPipelines_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
@@ -96,11 +96,11 @@Method Details
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html index f59904240bc..0dce47116b9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html @@ -421,14 +421,7 @@listPipelines(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)-Lists pipelines. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the list is empty. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it. +Lists pipelines. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it. Args: parent: string, Required. The location name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID`. (required) - filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. If unspecified, all pipelines will be returned. Multiple filters can be applied and must be comma separated. Fields eligible for filtering are: + `type`: The type of the pipeline (streaming or batch). Allowed values are `ALL`, `BATCH`, and `STREAMING`. + `executor_type`: The type of pipeline execution layer. This is always Dataflow for now, but more executors may be added later. Allowed values are `ALL` and `DATAFLOW`. + `status`: The activity status of the pipeline. Allowed values are `ALL`, `ACTIVE`, `ARCHIVED`, and `PAUSED`. For example, to limit results to active batch processing pipelines: type:BATCH,status:ACTIVE + filter: string, An expression for filtering the results of the request. If unspecified, all pipelines will be returned. Multiple filters can be applied and must be comma separated. Fields eligible for filtering are: + `type`: The type of the pipeline (streaming or batch). Allowed values are `ALL`, `BATCH`, and `STREAMING`. + `status`: The activity status of the pipeline. Allowed values are `ALL`, `ACTIVE`, `ARCHIVED`, and `PAUSED`. For example, to limit results to active batch processing pipelines: type:BATCH,status:ACTIVE pageSize: integer, The maximum number of entities to return. The service may return fewer than this value, even if there are additional pages. If unspecified, the max limit is yet to be determined by the backend implementation. pageToken: string, A page token, received from a previous `ListPipelines` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListPipelines` must match the call that provided the page token. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -114,12 +114,12 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for ListPipelines. "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages. "pipelines": [ # Results that matched the filter criteria and were accessible to the caller. Results are always in descending order of pipeline creation date. - { # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. + { # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html index 2f7291879fc..aa3a61e2623 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html +++ b/docs/dyn/datapipelines_v1.projects.locations.pipelines.html @@ -88,13 +88,13 @@Instance Methods
Looks up a single pipeline. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if no such pipeline exists. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.
-
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated [Pipeline] is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response.
+Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated Pipeline is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response.
-
run(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a "FOBIDDEN" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline.
+Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline.
-
stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to "ARCHIVED". However, pipeline metadata is retained. Upon success, the pipeline state is updated to ARCHIVED.
+Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to "ARCHIVED". However, pipeline metadata is retained.
Method Details
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html index 1eaf5113f7a..bee6c9e3ce9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html @@ -777,1014 +777,7 @@close()@@ -110,12 +110,12 @@Method Details
body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. +{ # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -218,12 +218,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. + { # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@Method Details
Looks up a single pipeline. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if no such pipeline exists. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it. Args: - name: string, Required. The pipeeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. (required) + name: string, Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -351,12 +351,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. + { # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -454,19 +454,19 @@Method Details
patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)-Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated [Pipeline] is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response. +Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated Pipeline is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response. Args: - name: string, The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. (required) + name: string, The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. +{ # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -570,12 +570,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. + { # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, @@ -673,7 +673,7 @@Method Details
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@run(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a "FOBIDDEN" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline. +Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a "NOT_FOUND" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a "FORBIDDEN" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline. Args: name: string, Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. (required) @@ -724,7 +724,7 @@Method Details
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@stop(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)-Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to "ARCHIVED". However, pipeline metadata is retained. Upon success, the pipeline state is updated to ARCHIVED. +Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to "ARCHIVED". However, pipeline metadata is retained. Args: name: string, Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. (required) @@ -742,12 +742,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs. + { # The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs. "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was initially created. Set by the Data Pipelines service. "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the pipeline. It can contain only letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), and underscores (_). "jobCount": 42, # Output only. Number of jobs. "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The timestamp when the pipeline was last modified. Set by the Data Pipelines service. - "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. + "name": "A String", # The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location. "pipelineSources": { # Immutable. The sources of the pipeline (for example, Dataplex). The keys and values are set by the corresponding sources during pipeline creation. "a_key": "A String", }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.html index 586d7e096c4..b22ae6a3675 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.html @@ -109,6 +109,16 @@Instance Methods
Returns the resourceRecordSets Resource.
+ +Returns the responsePolicies Resource.
+ + +Returns the responsePolicyRules Resource.
+Close httplib2 connections.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5bf48d6fb8a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicies.html @@ -0,0 +1,351 @@ + + + +Cloud DNS API . responsePolicies
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(project, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new Response Policy
++
+delete(project, responsePolicy, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a previously created Response Policy. Fails if the response policy is non-empty or still being referenced by a network.
++
+get(project, responsePolicy, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy.
++
+list(project, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Enumerates all Response Policies associated with a project.
++
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+patch(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy.
++
+update(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Updates an existing Response Policy.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +create(project, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Creates a new Response Policy + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. +}+++ +delete(project, responsePolicy, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes a previously created Response Policy. Fails if the response policy is non-empty or still being referenced by a network. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request. (required) + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format ++++ +get(project, responsePolicy, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request. (required) + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. +}+++ +list(project, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Enumerates all Response Policies associated with a project. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + maxResults: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to be returned. If unspecified, the server decides how many results to return. + pageToken: string, Optional. A tag returned by a previous list request that was truncated. Use this parameter to continue a previous list request. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The presence of this field indicates that there exist more results following your last page of results in pagination order. To fetch them, make another list request using this value as your page token. This lets you the complete contents of even very large collections one page at a time. However, if the contents of the collection change between the first and last paginated list request, the set of all elements returned are an inconsistent view of the collection. You cannot retrieve a consistent snapshot of a collection larger than the maximum page size. + "responsePolicies": [ # The Response Policy resources. + { # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. + }, + ], +}+++ +list_next(previous_request, previous_response)+Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++++ +patch(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Respones Policy addressed by this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "responsePolicy": { # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. + }, +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5e01ff944af --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1.responsePolicyRules.html @@ -0,0 +1,437 @@ + + + +update(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Updates an existing Response Policy. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "responsePolicy": { # A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks. + "description": "A String", # User-provided description for this Response Policy. + "id": "A String", # Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only). + "kind": "dns#responsePolicy", + "networks": [ # List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied. + { + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "networkUrl": "A String", # The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network} + }, + ], + "responsePolicyName": "A String", # User assigned name for this Response Policy. + }, +}+Cloud DNS API . responsePolicyRules
+Instance Methods
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
++
+create(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Creates a new Response Policy Rule.
++
+delete(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Deletes a previously created Response Policy Rule.
++
+get(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy Rule.
++
+list(project, responsePolicy, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)Enumerates all Response Policy Rules associated with a project.
++
+list_next(previous_request, previous_response)Retrieves the next page of results.
++
+patch(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy Rule.
+ +Updates an existing Response Policy Rule.
+Method Details
+++ +close()+Close httplib2 connections.+++ +create(project, responsePolicy, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Creates a new Response Policy Rule. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. +}+++ +delete(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Deletes a previously created Response Policy Rule. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule. (required) + responsePolicyRule: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request. (required) + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format ++++ +get(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy Rule. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule. (required) + responsePolicyRule: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request. (required) + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. +}+++ +list(project, responsePolicy, maxResults=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)+Enumerates all Response Policy Rules associated with a project. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy to list. (required) + maxResults: integer, Optional. Maximum number of results to be returned. If unspecified, the server decides how many results to return. + pageToken: string, Optional. A tag returned by a previous list request that was truncated. Use this parameter to continue a previous list request. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "nextPageToken": "A String", # The presence of this field indicates that there exist more results following your last page of results in pagination order. To fetch them, make another list request using this value as your page token. This lets you the complete contents of even very large collections one page at a time. However, if the contents of the collection change between the first and last paginated list request, the set of all elements returned are an inconsistent view of the collection. You cannot retrieve a consistent snapshot of a collection larger than the maximum page size. + "responsePolicyRules": [ # The Response Policy Rule resources. + { # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. + }, + ], +}+++ +list_next(previous_request, previous_response)+Retrieves the next page of results. + +Args: + previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required) + previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required) + +Returns: + A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next + page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection. ++++ +patch(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy Rule. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule. (required) + responsePolicyRule: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. + }, +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html index 02641b33905..88831a483ba 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@update(project, responsePolicy, responsePolicyRule, body=None, clientOperationId=None, x__xgafv=None)+Updates an existing Response Policy Rule. + +Args: + project: string, Identifies the project addressed by this request. (required) + responsePolicy: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule. (required) + responsePolicyRule: string, User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request. (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. +} + + clientOperationId: string, For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { + "header": { # Elements common to every response. + "operationId": "A String", # For mutating operation requests that completed successfully. This is the client_operation_id if the client specified it, otherwise it is generated by the server (output only). + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { # A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix. + "behavior": "A String", # Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data. + "dnsName": "A String", # The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule. + "kind": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "localData": { # Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed. + "localDatas": [ # All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name. + { # A unit of data that is returned by the DNS servers. + "kind": "dns#resourceRecordSet", + "name": "A String", # For example, www.example.com. + "rrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 1035 (section 5) and RFC 1034 (section 3.6.1) -- see examples. + "A String", + ], + "signatureRrdatas": [ # As defined in RFC 4034 (section 3.2). + "A String", + ], + "ttl": 42, # Number of seconds that this ResourceRecordSet can be cached by resolvers. + "type": "A String", # The identifier of a supported record type. See the list of Supported DNS record types. + }, + ], + }, + "ruleName": "A String", # An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy. + }, +}+Method Details
Fetches processor types. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for fetch processor types. "processorTypes": [ # The list of processor types. - { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we'll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the 'available_locations' field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the 'US' or 'EU' endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an 'invoice parsing' processor with 'available_locations' field only containing 'US'. So the user can try to create an 'invoice parsing' processor under the location 'US'. Such attempt of creating under the location 'EU' will fail. Next ID: 9. - "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access. + { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. + "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access. "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available. { # The location information about where the processor is available. "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html index 7940282da9d..b1149a5623e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@Method Details
LRO endpoint to batch process many documents. The output is written to Cloud Storage as JSON in the [Document] format. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -188,16 +188,16 @@Method Details
Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at "ENABLED" state by default after its creation. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. +{ # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -211,12 +211,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -354,12 +354,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@Method Details
Lists all processors which belong to this project. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processors to return. If unspecified, at most 50 processors will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. pageToken: string, We will return the processors sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -385,12 +385,12 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for list processors. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty. "processors": [ # The list of processors. - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -418,7 +418,7 @@Method Details
Processes a single document. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@Method Details
"inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -589,7 +589,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -817,7 +817,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1166,7 +1166,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1216,7 +1216,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1250,7 +1250,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1418,7 +1418,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1507,7 +1507,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1571,7 +1571,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1744,7 +1744,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 6ef1ba8f13a..7f0253bd41d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -95,12 +95,12 @@Method Details
body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request message for review document method. Next Id: 6. +{ # Request message for review document method. "enableSchemaValidation": True or False, # Whether the validation should be performed on the ad-hoc review request. "inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -441,7 +441,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -491,7 +491,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -678,7 +678,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -768,7 +768,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index 91237c4ff65..5e222091c5d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@Method Details
LRO endpoint to batch process many documents. The output is written to Cloud Storage as JSON in the [Document] format. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@Method Details
{ # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor version. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version} + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}` "state": "A String", # The state of the processor version. }Method Details
Lists all versions of a processor. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` (required) pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processor versions to return. If unspecified, at most 10 processor versions will be returned. The maximum value is 20; values above 20 will be coerced to 20. pageToken: string, We will return the processor versions sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor version. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@Method Details
{ # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor version. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version} + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}` "state": "A String", # The state of the processor version. }, ], @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@Method Details
Processes a single document. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@Method Details
"inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -405,7 +405,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -484,7 +484,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -712,7 +712,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -726,7 +726,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -899,7 +899,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -989,7 +989,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1145,7 +1145,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1313,7 +1313,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1452,7 +1452,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1729,7 +1729,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html index 803505509f0..998b532c484 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.documents.html @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@Method Details
{ # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html index d2fb52933c6..ba5f8074092 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta2.projects.locations.documents.html @@ -287,7 +287,7 @@Method Details
{ # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -371,7 +371,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -457,7 +457,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -546,7 +546,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -635,7 +635,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -699,7 +699,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -872,7 +872,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -962,7 +962,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html index 74116a40cec..447f5129292 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@Method Details
Fetches processor types. Args: - parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. Allowed values 1 - v1 error format @@ -121,8 +121,8 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for fetch processor types. "processorTypes": [ # The list of processor types. - { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we'll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the 'available_locations' field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the 'US' or 'EU' endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an 'invoice parsing' processor with 'available_locations' field only containing 'US'. So the user can try to create an 'invoice parsing' processor under the location 'US'. Such attempt of creating under the location 'EU' will fail. Next ID: 9. - "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access. + { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. + "allowCreation": True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access. "availableLocations": [ # The locations in which this processor is available. { # The location information about where the processor is available. "locationId": "A String", # The location id, currently must be one of [us, eu]. diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html index 4e65734a7fb..d0d7e86cc7f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@Method Details
LRO endpoint to batch process many documents. The output is written to Cloud Storage as JSON in the [Document] format. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -197,16 +197,16 @@Method Details
Creates a processor from the type processor that the user chose. The processor will be at "ENABLED" state by default after its creation. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. +{ # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -220,12 +220,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -363,12 +363,12 @@Method Details
Returns: An object of the form: - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@Method Details
Lists all processors which belong to this project. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required) pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processors to return. If unspecified, at most 50 processors will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100. pageToken: string, We will return the processors sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -394,12 +394,12 @@Method Details
{ # Response message for list processors. "nextPageToken": "A String", # Points to the next processor, otherwise empty. "processors": [ # The list of processors. - { # The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. + { # The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor was created. "defaultProcessorVersion": "A String", # The default processor version. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor. "kmsKeyName": "A String", # The KMS key used for encryption/decryption in CMEK scenarios. See https://cloud.google.com/security-key-management. - "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} + "name": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` "processEndpoint": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The http endpoint that can be called to invoke processing. "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the processor. "type": "A String", # The processor type, e.g., INVOICE_PARSING, W2_PARSING, etc. @@ -427,7 +427,7 @@Method Details
Processes a single document. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -435,7 +435,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, the [content] and [mime_type] fields must be set. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -485,7 +485,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -598,7 +598,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -687,7 +687,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -776,7 +776,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -826,7 +826,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1159,7 +1159,7 @@Method Details
"inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1209,7 +1209,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1243,7 +1243,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1411,7 +1411,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1500,7 +1500,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1827,7 +1827,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1949,7 +1949,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1983,7 +1983,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2151,7 +2151,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2240,7 +2240,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2477,7 +2477,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2567,7 +2567,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html index 7416f27ccb2..75bee05102e 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.humanReviewConfig.html @@ -95,11 +95,11 @@Method Details
body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: -{ # Request message for review document method. Next Id: 6. +{ # Request message for review document method. "document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document that needs human review. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -262,7 +262,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -440,7 +440,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -677,7 +677,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -824,7 +824,7 @@Method Details
"inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -874,7 +874,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -987,7 +987,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1076,7 +1076,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1165,7 +1165,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1215,7 +1215,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1229,7 +1229,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html index 5ae4b7c7d72..1fe6694b05d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html +++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.processors.processorVersions.html @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@Method Details
LRO endpoint to batch process many documents. The output is written to Cloud Storage as JSON in the [Document] format. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -269,7 +269,7 @@Method Details
{ # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor version. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version} + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}` "state": "A String", # The state of the processor version. }Method Details
Lists all versions of a processor. Args: - parent: string, Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor} (required) + parent: string, Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}` (required) pageSize: integer, The maximum number of processor versions to return. If unspecified, at most 10 processor versions will be returned. The maximum value is 20; values above 20 will be coerced to 20. pageToken: string, We will return the processor versions sorted by creation time. The page token will point to the next processor version. x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@Method Details
{ # A processor version is an implementation of a processor. Each processor can have multiple versions, pre-trained by Google internally or up-trained by the customer. At a time, a processor can only have one default version version. So the processor's behavior (when processing documents) is defined by a default version. "createTime": "A String", # The time the processor version was created. "displayName": "A String", # The display name of the processor version. - "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version} + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}` "state": "A String", # The state of the processor version. }, ], @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@Method Details
Processes a single document. Args: - name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion} (required) + name: string, Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}` (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: @@ -330,7 +330,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, the [content] and [mime_type] fields must be set. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -380,7 +380,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -414,7 +414,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -582,7 +582,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -671,7 +671,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -721,7 +721,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -735,7 +735,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -908,7 +908,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -998,7 +998,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1054,7 +1054,7 @@Method Details
"inlineDocument": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # An inline document proto. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1104,7 +1104,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1138,7 +1138,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1217,7 +1217,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1395,7 +1395,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1459,7 +1459,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1632,7 +1632,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@Method Details
"document": { # Document represents the canonical document resource in Document Understanding AI. It is an interchange format that provides insights into documents and allows for collaboration between users and Document Understanding AI to iterate and optimize for quality. # The document payload, will populate fields based on the processor's behavior. "content": "A String", # Optional. Inline document content, represented as a stream of bytes. Note: As with all `bytes` fields, protobuffers use a pure binary representation, whereas JSON representations use base64. "entities": [ # A list of entities detected on Document.text. For document shards, entities in this list may cross shard boundaries. - { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. + { # An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location. "confidence": 3.14, # Optional. Confidence of detected Schema entity. Range [0, 1]. "id": "A String", # Optional. Canonical id. This will be a unique value in the entity list for this document. "mentionId": "A String", # Optional. Deprecated. Use `id` field instead. @@ -1844,7 +1844,7 @@Method Details
"nanos": 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000. "units": "A String", # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `"USD"`, then 1 unit is one US dollar. }, - "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. + "text": "A String", # Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. }, "pageAnchor": { # Referencing the visual context of the entity in the Document.pages. Page anchors can be cross-page, consist of multiple bounding polygons and optionally reference specific layout element types. # Optional. Represents the provenance of this entity wrt. the location on the page where it was found. "pageRefs": [ # One or more references to visual page elements @@ -1878,7 +1878,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -1957,7 +1957,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2046,7 +2046,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2135,7 +2135,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2199,7 +2199,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2372,7 +2372,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], @@ -2462,7 +2462,7 @@Method Details
"parents": [ # References to the original elements that are replaced. { # The parent element the current element is based on. Used for referencing/aligning, removal and replacement operations. "id": 42, # The id of the parent provenance. - "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision. + "index": 42, # The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision. "revision": 42, # The index of the index into current revision's parent_ids list. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html index ee8d7142029..30c3ef2c56b 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.folders.timeSeries.html @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@Method Details
"metricKind": "A String", # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE. "points": [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point's type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point's type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. { # A single data point in a time series. - "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. + "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html index bdfadac4e53..a6908740d31 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.organizations.timeSeries.html @@ -223,7 +223,7 @@Method Details
"metricKind": "A String", # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE. "points": [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point's type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point's type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. { # A single data point in a time series. - "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. + "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html index cd7016d6386..080b3a11b16 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.timeSeries.html @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@Method Details
"metricKind": "A String", # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE. "points": [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point's type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point's type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. { # A single data point in a time series. - "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. + "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@Method Details
"metricKind": "A String", # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE. "points": [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point's type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point's type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. { # A single data point in a time series. - "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. + "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, @@ -445,7 +445,7 @@Method Details
"metricKind": "A String", # The metric kind of the time series. When listing time series, this metric kind might be different from the metric kind of the associated metric if this time series is an alignment or reduction of other time series.When creating a time series, this field is optional. If present, it must be the same as the metric kind of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then this field specifies the metric kind of the new descriptor and must be either GAUGE (the default) or CUMULATIVE. "points": [ # The data points of this time series. When listing time series, points are returned in reverse time order.When creating a time series, this field must contain exactly one point and the point's type must be the same as the value type of the associated metric. If the associated metric's descriptor must be auto-created, then the value type of the descriptor is determined by the point's type, which must be BOOL, INT64, DOUBLE, or DISTRIBUTION. { # A single data point in a time series. - "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. + "interval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval to which the data point applies. For GAUGE metrics, the start time is optional, but if it is supplied, it must equal the end time. For DELTA metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start and end time should specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, @@ -572,7 +572,7 @@Method Details
], "pointData": [ # The points in the time series. { # A point's value columns and time interval. Each point has one or more point values corresponding to the entries in point_descriptors field in the TimeSeriesDescriptor associated with this object. - "timeInterval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval associated with the point. + "timeInterval": { # Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time. # The time interval associated with the point. "endTime": "A String", # Required. The end of the time interval. "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The beginning of the time interval. The default value for the start time is the end time. The start time must not be later than the end time. }, diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html index 59507ad4cbb..f3b714f4e9d 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.uptimeCheckConfigs.html @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", @@ -188,7 +188,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", @@ -278,7 +278,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@Method Details
"password": "A String", # The password to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. "username": "A String", # The username to use when authenticating with the HTTP server. }, - "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: "foo=bar" in URL-encoded form is "foo%3Dbar" and in base64 encoding is "Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=". + "body": "A String", # The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type. "contentType": "A String", # The content type header to use for the check. The following configurations result in errors: 1. Content type is specified in both the headers field and the content_type field. 2. Request method is GET and content_type is not TYPE_UNSPECIFIED 3. Request method is POST and content_type is TYPE_UNSPECIFIED. 4. Request method is POST and a "Content-Type" header is provided via headers field. The content_type field should be used instead. "headers": { # The list of headers to send as part of the Uptime check request. If two headers have the same key and different values, they should be entered as a single header, with the value being a comma-separated list of all the desired values as described at https://www.w3.org/Protocols/rfc2616/rfc2616.txt (page 31). Entering two separate headers with the same key in a Create call will cause the first to be overwritten by the second. The maximum number of headers allowed is 100. "a_key": "A String", diff --git a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html index 47b49fad5ec..4529d0b3f77 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html +++ b/docs/dyn/networkconnectivity_v1.projects.locations.global_.hubs.html @@ -128,6 +128,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC network associated with this hub's spokes. All of the VPN tunnels, VLAN attachments, and router appliance instances referenced by this hub's spokes must belong to this VPC network. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC network that is associated with a hub's spokes. + "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, ], @@ -226,6 +227,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC network associated with this hub's spokes. All of the VPN tunnels, VLAN attachments, and router appliance instances referenced by this hub's spokes must belong to this VPC network. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC network that is associated with a hub's spokes. + "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, ], @@ -312,6 +314,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC network associated with this hub's spokes. All of the VPN tunnels, VLAN attachments, and router appliance instances referenced by this hub's spokes must belong to this VPC network. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC network that is associated with a hub's spokes. + "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, ], @@ -359,6 +362,7 @@Method Details
"name": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the hub. Hub names must be unique. They use the following form: `projects/{project_number}/locations/global/hubs/{hub_id}` "routingVpcs": [ # The VPC network associated with this hub's spokes. All of the VPN tunnels, VLAN attachments, and router appliance instances referenced by this hub's spokes must belong to this VPC network. This field is read-only. Network Connectivity Center automatically populates it based on the set of spokes attached to the hub. { # RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC network that is associated with a hub's spokes. + "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": True or False, # Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network. "uri": "A String", # The URI of the VPC network. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html index 20e68244481..1e7eefff1b5 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.assessments.html @@ -132,6 +132,7 @@Method Details
"labels": [ # Labels for this request. "A String", ], + "recommendedAction": "A String", # Recommended action after this request. }, "event": { # The event being assessed. "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise. @@ -169,6 +170,7 @@Method Details
"labels": [ # Labels for this request. "A String", ], + "recommendedAction": "A String", # Recommended action after this request. }, "event": { # The event being assessed. "expectedAction": "A String", # Optional. The expected action for this type of event. This should be the same action provided at token generation time on client-side platforms already integrated with recaptcha enterprise. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html index aba86c82a64..079164c8bb9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.keys.html @@ -139,6 +139,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -181,6 +185,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -248,6 +256,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -345,6 +357,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -417,6 +433,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -461,6 +481,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. @@ -504,6 +528,10 @@Method Details
"testingChallenge": "A String", # For challenge-based keys only (CHECKBOX, INVISIBLE), all challenge requests for this site will return nocaptcha if NOCAPTCHA, or an unsolvable challenge if CHALLENGE. "testingScore": 3.14, # All assessments for this Key will return this score. Must be between 0 (likely not legitimate) and 1 (likely legitimate) inclusive. }, + "wafSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall). # Settings for WAF + "wafFeature": "A String", # Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled. + "wafService": "A String", # Required. The WAF service that uses this key. + }, "webSettings": { # Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites. # Settings for keys that can be used by websites. "allowAllDomains": True or False, # If set to true, it means allowed_domains will not be enforced. "allowAmpTraffic": True or False, # If set to true, the key can be used on AMP (Accelerated Mobile Pages) websites. This is supported only for the SCORE integration type. diff --git a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.html b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.html index fd01702588e..18812b0dbb1 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.html +++ b/docs/dyn/recaptchaenterprise_v1.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.html @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@Instance Methods
close()Close httplib2 connections.
-
+search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)search(project, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Search group memberships related to a given account.
@@ -90,11 +90,11 @@
search_next(previous_request, previous_response)Method Details
-+search(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)+search(project, body=None, x__xgafv=None)Search group memberships related to a given account. Args: - parent: string, Required. The name of the project to search related account group memberships from, in the format "projects/{project}". (required) + project: string, Required. The name of the project to search related account group memberships from, in the format "projects/{project}". (required) body: object, The request body. The object takes the form of: diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html index faf77ee08f4..1077851ae7f 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@Instance Methods
Returns the securityHealthAnalyticsSettings Resource.
++
+virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings()+Returns the virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings Resource.
+ @@ -106,6 +111,9 @@Instance Methods
getSecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the SecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings resource.
++
+getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -118,6 +126,9 @@Instance Methods
updateSecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the SecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings resource.
++
+updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -216,6 +227,36 @@Method Details
}++getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)+Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}++getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. @@ -390,6 +431,55 @@Method Details
}++updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)+Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +} + + updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}++updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..70d84db4392 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.folders.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + + + +Security Command Center API . folders . virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings
+Instance Methods
++
+calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+Method Details
+++ +calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)+Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html index 01f5d1a737b..7faeaa01468 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.html @@ -89,6 +89,11 @@close()+Close httplib2 connections.+Instance Methods
Returns the securityHealthAnalyticsSettings Resource.
++
+virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings()+Returns the virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings Resource.
+ @@ -112,6 +117,9 @@Instance Methods
getSubscription(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the Subscription resource.
++
+getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -124,6 +132,9 @@Instance Methods
updateSecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the SecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings resource.
++
+updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -268,6 +279,36 @@Method Details
}++getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)+Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}++getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. @@ -442,6 +483,55 @@Method Details
}++updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)+Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +} + + updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}++updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8daaaef053e --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.organizations.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + + + +Security Command Center API . organizations . virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings
+Instance Methods
++
+calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+Method Details
+++ +calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)+Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html index 33d112544b4..fa6ce9cd753 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.html @@ -94,6 +94,11 @@close()+Close httplib2 connections.+Instance Methods
Returns the securityHealthAnalyticsSettings Resource.
++
+virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings()+Returns the virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings Resource.
+ @@ -111,6 +116,9 @@Instance Methods
getSecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the SecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings resource.
++
+getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -123,6 +131,9 @@Instance Methods
updateSecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the SecurityHealthAnalyticsSettings resource.
++
+updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.
updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.
@@ -221,6 +232,36 @@Method Details
}++getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)+Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}++getWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, x__xgafv=None)Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. @@ -395,6 +436,55 @@Method Details
}++updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)+Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource. + +Args: + name: string, The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + body: object, The request body. + The object takes the form of: + +{ # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +} + + updateMask: string, The list of fields to be updated. + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}+diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index cbb7d4720eb..ce6af94fd91 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -168,6 +168,9 @@updateWebSecurityScannerSettings(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource. diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..adcaa10c237 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta2.projects.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.html @@ -0,0 +1,119 @@ + + + +Security Command Center API . projects . virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings
+Instance Methods
++
+calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.
++
+close()Close httplib2 connections.
+Method Details
+++ +calculate(name, x__xgafv=None)+Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings. + +Args: + name: string, Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings (required) + x__xgafv: string, V1 error format. + Allowed values + 1 - v1 error format + 2 - v2 error format + +Returns: + An object of the form: + + { # Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service. + "modules": { # The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's. + "a_key": { # Configuration of a module. + "moduleEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the module at its level of the resource hierarchy. + "value": { # The configuration value for the module. The absence of this field implies its inheritance from the parent. + "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. + }, + }, + }, + "name": "A String", # The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings + "serviceAccount": "A String", # Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors. + "serviceEnablementState": "A String", # The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED. + "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time the settings were last updated. +}+++ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html index f68a5fe49f9..f1f8ee2aae7 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html @@ -164,6 +164,9 @@close()+Close httplib2 connections.+Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -211,6 +214,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -348,6 +354,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -395,6 +404,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html index 60c93f03fd7..00d7e5b6938 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html @@ -153,6 +153,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -216,6 +219,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -413,6 +419,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], @@ -461,6 +470,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }, ], diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html index e575daf91a1..c4aa57d1979 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html +++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.limits.html @@ -159,6 +159,9 @@Method Details
}, }, ], + "supportedLocations": [ # List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension. + "A String", + ], "unit": "A String", # The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string. }Method Details
"isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. - "notesPage": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. - "layoutProperties": { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT. - "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the layout. - "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on. - "name": "A String", # The name of the layout. - }, - "masterProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER. - "displayName": "A String", # The human-readable name of the master. - }, - "notesProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES. - "speakerNotesObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID. - }, - "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace. - "pageElements": [ # The page elements rendered on the page. - { # A visual element rendered on a page. - "description": "A String", # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. - "elementGroup": { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit. - "children": [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2. - # Object with schema name: PageElement - ], - }, - "image": { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element. - "contentUrl": "A String", # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. - "imageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image. - "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. - "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. - "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. - "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. - "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. - "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. - "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. - "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. - }, - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. - "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. - "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. - "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. - { # A color and position in a gradient band. - "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. - }, - ], - }, - "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. - "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. - "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. - "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. - "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. - "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. - "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. - "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. - "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. - "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. - "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. - }, - "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. - }, - "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. - "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. - "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. - "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. - }, - "sourceUrl": "A String", # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty. - }, - "line": { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element. - "lineCategory": "A String", # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest. - "lineProperties": { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the line. - "endArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the end of the line. - "endConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have an `end_connection`. - "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. - "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. - }, - "lineFill": { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "startArrow": "A String", # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line. - "startConnection": { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a "connector" can have a `start_connection`. - "connectedObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line. - "connectionSiteIndex": 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the "cnx" attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. "Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries" of "Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference", part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor. - }, - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "lineType": "A String", # The type of the line. - }, - "objectId": "A String", # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace. - "shape": { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape. - "placeholder": { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field. - "index": 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values. - "parentObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of this shape's parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape. - "type": "A String", # The type of the placeholder. - }, - "shapeProperties": { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape. - "autofit": { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text. - "autofitType": "A String", # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values. - "fontScale": 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. - "lineSpacingReduction": 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only. - }, - "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. - "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only. - "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. - "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. - "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. - "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. - "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. - "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. - "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. - "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. - "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. - "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. - }, - "shapeBackgroundFill": { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. - "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - }, - "shapeType": "A String", # The type of the shape. - "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape. - "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. - "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. - "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. - "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. - "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. - "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - }, - }, - }, - }, - "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. - { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. - "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. - "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. - "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. - }, - "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. - "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. - "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. - "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. - "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. - "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. - }, - "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style - "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. - "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. - "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. - }, - }, - "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. - "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. - "content": "A String", # The text of this run. - "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - }, - "sheetsChart": { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images. - "chartId": 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded. - "contentUrl": "A String", # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. - "sheetsChartProperties": { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart. - "chartImageProperties": { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image. - "brightness": 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. - "contrast": 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only. - "cropProperties": { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object's original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object's original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object's original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only. - "angle": 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset. - "bottomOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object's original height. - "leftOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object's original width. - "rightOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object's original width. - "topOffset": 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object's original height. - }, - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. - "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "recolor": { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only. - "name": "A String", # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page's current color scheme. This property is read-only. - "recolorStops": [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only. - { # A color and position in a gradient band. - "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - "position": 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0]. - }, - ], - }, - "shadow": { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only. - "alignment": "A String", # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only. - "alpha": 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow's color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "blurRadius": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "rotateWithShape": True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only. - "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position. - "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. - "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. - "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. - "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. - "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. - "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. - "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only. - }, - "transparency": 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only. - }, - }, - "spreadsheetId": "A String", # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart. - }, - "size": { # A width and height. # The size of the page element. - "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "table": { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element. - "columns": 42, # Number of columns in the table. - "horizontalBorderRows": [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table's horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns. - { # Contents of each border row in a table. - "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. - { # The properties of each border cell. - "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. - "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. - "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. - }, - "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. - "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - ], - "rows": 42, # Number of rows in the table. - "tableColumns": [ # Properties of each column. - { # Properties of each column in a table. - "columnWidth": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - ], - "tableRows": [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1. - { # Properties and contents of each row in a table. - "rowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "tableCells": [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table. - { # Properties and contents of each table cell. - "columnSpan": 42, # Column span of the cell. - "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table. - "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. - "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. - }, - "rowSpan": 42, # Row span of the cell. - "tableCellProperties": { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell. - "contentAlignment": "A String", # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. - "tableCellBackgroundFill": { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor. - "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - }, - "text": { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell. - "lists": { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID. - "a_key": { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list's ID. - "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list. - "nestingLevel": { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive. - "a_key": { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting. - "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - }, - }, - }, - }, - "textElements": [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only. - { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell. - "autoText": { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time. - "content": "A String", # The rendered content of this auto text, if available. - "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of this auto text. - }, - "endIndex": 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units. - "paragraphMarker": { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph's range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap. - "bullet": { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list. - "bulletStyle": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - "glyph": "A String", # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph. - "listId": "A String", # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to. - "nestingLevel": 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list. - }, - "style": { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph's style - "alignment": "A String", # The text alignment for this paragraph. - "direction": "A String", # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited. - "indentEnd": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "indentFirstLine": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "indentStart": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "lineSpacing": 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "spaceAbove": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "spaceBelow": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "spacingMode": "A String", # The spacing mode for the paragraph. - }, - }, - "startIndex": 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units. - "textRun": { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs. - "content": "A String", # The text of this run. - "style": { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run. - "backgroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "baselineOffset": "A String", # The text's vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field. - "bold": True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used. - "fontSize": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text's font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "foregroundColor": { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set. - "opaqueColor": { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "italic": True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized. - "link": { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `"ABC\n123"`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request. - "pageObjectId": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist. - "relativeLink": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position. - "slideIndex": 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index. - "url": "A String", # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL. - }, - "smallCaps": True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters. - "strikethrough": True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through. - "underline": True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined. - "weightedFontFamily": { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `"*"`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` ("normal"). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. - "fontFamily": "A String", # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. - "weight": 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` ("normal"). - }, - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - }, - ], - "tableRowProperties": { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row. - "minRowHeight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row's cell(s). - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - }, - ], - "verticalBorderRows": [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table's vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns. - { # Contents of each border row in a table. - "tableBorderCells": [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border's adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response. - { # The properties of each border cell. - "location": { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table. - "columnIndex": 42, # The 0-based column index. - "rowIndex": 42, # The 0-based row index. - }, - "tableBorderProperties": { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the border. - "tableBorderFill": { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - }, - ], - }, - ], - }, - "title": "A String", # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements. - "transform": { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x', y') according to: x' x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x' = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y' = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element's transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform. - "scaleX": 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element. - "scaleY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element. - "shearX": 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element. - "shearY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element. - "translateX": 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element. - "translateY": 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element. - "unit": "A String", # The units for translate elements. - }, - "video": { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element. - "id": "A String", # The video source's unique identifier for this video. - "source": "A String", # The video source. - "url": "A String", # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change. - "videoProperties": { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video. - "autoPlay": True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false. - "end": 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length, the video will be played until its end. - "mute": True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false. - "outline": { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor. - "dashStyle": "A String", # The dash style of the outline. - "outlineFill": { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - }, - "propertyState": "A String", # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "weight": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - "start": 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video's length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning. - }, - }, - "wordArt": { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element. - "renderedText": "A String", # The text rendered as word art. - }, - }, - ], - "pageProperties": { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page. - "colorScheme": { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored. - "colors": [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs. - { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents. - "color": { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "type": "A String", # The type of the theme color. - }, - ], - }, - "pageBackgroundFill": { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor. - "propertyState": "A String", # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored. - "solidFill": { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill. - "alpha": 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color. - "color": { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill. - "rgbColor": { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color. - "blue": 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "green": 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - "red": 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0. - }, - "themeColor": "A String", # An opaque theme color. - }, - }, - "stretchedPictureFill": { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill. - "contentUrl": "A String", # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation's sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length. - "size": { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only. - "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - "width": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object. - "magnitude": 3.14, # The magnitude. - "unit": "A String", # The units for magnitude. - }, - }, - }, - }, - }, - "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. - "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. - }, + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. }, }, "updateSlidesPosition": { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation. @@ -3052,7 +2045,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -4063,7 +3061,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -5072,7 +4075,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -6093,7 +5101,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -7115,7 +6128,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -8126,7 +7144,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -9135,7 +8158,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -10156,7 +9184,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. @@ -11185,7 +10218,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "locale": "A String", # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag. @@ -12196,7 +11234,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "notesMaster": { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only. @@ -13205,7 +12248,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, "pageSize": { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation. "height": { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object. @@ -14226,7 +13274,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }, ], "title": "A String", # The title of the presentation. diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html index 68f1bdaf0f9..aab9b5ea3d9 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html +++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html @@ -1110,7 +1110,12 @@Method Details
}, "pageType": "A String", # The type of the page. "revisionId": "A String", # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn't changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes. - "slideProperties": # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "slideProperties": { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE. + "isSkipped": True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false. + "layoutObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "masterObjectId": "A String", # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only. + "notesPage": # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only. + }, }Method Details
"a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. }, }, "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters. @@ -486,7 +479,11 @@Method Details
"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + }, }, ], }, @@ -563,14 +560,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. }, }, "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters. @@ -637,7 +627,11 @@Method Details
"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + }, }, ], }, @@ -703,14 +697,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. }, }, "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters. @@ -778,7 +765,11 @@Method Details
"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + }, }, ], }, @@ -913,14 +904,7 @@Method Details
"a_key": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. - "structType": { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. - "fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. - { # Message representing a single field of a struct. - "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. - }, - ], - }, + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. }, }, "params": { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `"WHERE id > @msg_id AND id < @msg_id + 100"` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters. @@ -1176,7 +1160,11 @@Method Details
"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + }, }, ], }, @@ -1348,7 +1336,11 @@Method Details
"fields": [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query. { # Message representing a single field of a struct. "name": "A String", # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `"Word"` in the query `"SELECT 'hello' AS Word"`), or the column name (e.g., `"ColName"` in the query `"SELECT ColName FROM Table"`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `"SELECT UPPER(ColName)"`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name. - "type": # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field. + "type": { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field. + "arrayElementType": # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements. + "code": "A String", # Required. The TypeCode for this type. + "structType": # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct's fields. + }, }, ], }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json index 216e005d376..df0d0c5dead 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/acceleratedmobilepageurl.v1.json @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://acceleratedmobilepageurl.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AmpUrl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json index 246669644f6..32f0ec1c3c7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json index 792fa33388e..d1b4e6310de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1beta.json @@ -609,7 +609,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json index a087766caf1..39f02942588 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/adexchangebuyer2.v2beta1.json @@ -2568,7 +2568,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211223", "rootUrl": "https://adexchangebuyer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbsoluteDateRange": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json index ca313a7c4ae..4ded6a0b64c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.datatransfer_v1.json @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Application": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json index 09aa3beb0ce..0e90eeff7ec 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.directory_v1.json @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orgUnitPath": { - "description": "The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID.", + "description": "The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -1935,7 +1935,7 @@ ] }, "list": { - "description": "Retrieves a paginated list of all mobile devices for an account.", + "description": "Retrieves a paginated list of all user-owned mobile devices for an account. To retrieve a list that includes company-owned devices, use the Cloud Identity [Devices API](https://cloud.google.com/identity/docs/concepts/overview-devices) instead.", "flatPath": "admin/directory/v1/customer/{customerId}/devices/mobile", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "directory.mobiledevices.list", @@ -2051,7 +2051,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orgUnitPath": { - "description": "The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID.", + "description": "The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^.*$", "required": true, @@ -2080,7 +2080,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orgUnitPath": { - "description": "The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID.", + "description": "The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^.*$", "required": true, @@ -2184,7 +2184,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orgUnitPath": { - "description": "The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID.", + "description": "The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^.*$", "required": true, @@ -2219,7 +2219,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "orgUnitPath": { - "description": "The full path of the organizational unit or its unique ID.", + "description": "The full path of the organizational unit (minus the leading `/`) or its unique ID.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^.*$", "required": true, @@ -4402,7 +4402,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Alias": { @@ -7356,15 +7356,15 @@ "id": "UserLanguage", "properties": { "customLanguage": { - "description": "Other language. User can provide own language name if there is no corresponding ISO 639 language code. If this is set `languageCode` can't be set.", + "description": "Other language. User can provide their own language name if there is no corresponding ISO 639 language code. If this is set, `languageCode` can't be set.", "type": "string" }, "languageCode": { - "description": "Language Code. Should be used for storing ISO 639 LanguageCode string representation for language. See the [Language Codes](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/languages) page for the list of supported codes. Valid language codes outside the supported set will be accepted by the API but may lead to unexpected behavior. Illegal values cause SchemaException. If this is set `customLanguage` can't be set.", + "description": "ISO 639 string representation of a language. See [Language Codes](/admin-sdk/directory/v1/languages) for the list of supported codes. Valid language codes outside the supported set will be accepted by the API but may lead to unexpected behavior. Illegal values cause `SchemaException`. If this is set, `customLanguage` can't be set.", "type": "string" }, "preference": { - "description": "Preference. Optional field, which if present, controls whether the specified `languageCode` is stored as the user's preferred language. If `customLanguage` is set, this can't be set. Allowed values are `preferred` and `not_preferred`.", + "description": "Optional. If present, controls whether the specified `languageCode` is the user's preferred language. If `customLanguage` is set, this can't be set. Allowed values are `preferred` and `not_preferred`.", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json index c24caf73ece..763cd190a6e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admin.reports_v1.json @@ -623,7 +623,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://admin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Activities": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json index eb8d8e3f65b..cec3dadc34b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211217", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json index 3da2d93e295..788646ae440 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/admob.v1beta.json @@ -321,7 +321,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211217", "rootUrl": "https://admob.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdUnit": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json index 0501cdb1c73..4ded1eb6628 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alertcenter.v1beta1.json @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://alertcenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccountSuspensionDetails": { @@ -770,6 +770,14 @@ "description": "Link to the outage event in Google Workspace Status Dashboard", "type": "string" }, + "incidentTrackingId": { + "description": "Incident tracking ID.", + "type": "string" + }, + "mergeInfo": { + "$ref": "MergeInfo", + "description": "Indicates new alert details under which the outage is communicated. Only populated when Status is MERGED." + }, "nextUpdateTime": { "description": "Timestamp by which the next update is expected to arrive.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -793,13 +801,19 @@ "STATUS_UNSPECIFIED", "NEW", "ONGOING", - "RESOLVED" + "RESOLVED", + "FALSE_POSITIVE", + "PARTIALLY_RESOLVED", + "MERGED" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Status is unspecified.", "The incident has just been reported.", "The incident is ongoing.", - "The incident has been resolved." + "The incident has been resolved.", + "Further assessment indicated no customer impact.", + "The incident has been partially resolved.", + "The incident was merged into a parent." ], "type": "string" } @@ -1270,6 +1284,21 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "MergeInfo": { + "description": "New alert tracking numbers.", + "id": "MergeInfo", + "properties": { + "newAlertId": { + "description": "New alert ID. Reference the [google.apps.alertcenter.Alert] with this ID for the current state.", + "type": "string" + }, + "newIncidentTrackingId": { + "description": "The new tracking ID from the parent incident.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Notification": { "description": "Settings for callback notifications. For more details see [Google Workspace Alert Notification](https://developers.google.com/admin-sdk/alertcenter/guides/notifications).", "id": "Notification", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json index c670d6b56e8..ca36012609b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsadmin.v1alpha.json @@ -3274,7 +3274,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsadmin.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAnalyticsAdminV1alphaAccount": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json index 31feccad614..57cdca8c438 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActiveMetricRestriction": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json index b5112af40f8..3b51eefb55e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androiddeviceprovisioning.v1.json @@ -825,7 +825,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://androiddeviceprovisioning.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClaimDeviceRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json index 4fd07883466..d13fbdae602 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidenterprise.v1.json @@ -2610,7 +2610,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211208", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://androidenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Administrator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json index f0d1574208c..a12bd7b171e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidpublisher.v3.json @@ -3040,7 +3040,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211223", "rootUrl": "https://androidpublisher.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Apk": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json index dfe44a6263d..5fe5cf35a6d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211201", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json index 7dbc2da7688..5ebb08c8b28 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigateway.v1beta.json @@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211201", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://apigateway.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApigatewayApi": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json index 268c893ce12..c0aadcf72ef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json @@ -7440,7 +7440,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": { @@ -7808,7 +7808,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "status": { - "description": "Status of the API product.", + "description": "Status of the API product. Valid values are `approved` or `revoked`.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -11179,8 +11179,12 @@ "description": "Name of the Apigee organization.", "type": "string" }, + "projectId": { + "description": "GCP project associated with the Apigee organization", + "type": "string" + }, "projectIds": { - "description": "List of GCP projects associated with the Apigee organization.", + "description": "DEPRECATED: Use `project_id`. An Apigee Organization is mapped to a single project.", "items": { "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json index 43576e949c8..170abb1644e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apikeys.v2.json @@ -424,7 +424,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://apikeys.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Operation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json index f77092fe8b3..446a32e823b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211115", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json index 0aa5005d1bb..6e028b12750 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json @@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuthorizedCertificate": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json index 3b2980eb591..42a5a5f1b2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json @@ -1595,7 +1595,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiConfigHandler": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json index f8429c555b3..50f00aa60ef 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/area120tables.v1alpha1.json @@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://area120tables.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchCreateRowsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json index 7cd05a09d71..5e7a344c616 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/assuredworkloads.v1.json @@ -351,7 +351,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://assuredworkloads.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudAssuredworkloadsV1CreateWorkloadOperationMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json index aa05cc09cc7..448e1f65c1a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json @@ -1307,7 +1307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211223", "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceptProposalRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json index cf1a4d6c7dd..bbcce28276a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json @@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateClassificationMetrics": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json index b55756b3458..395d68c0f8b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryconnection.v1beta1.json @@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryconnection.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json index eb64bf64345..9bce2f7a3d9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1.json @@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1Budget": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json index f08b61131cc..a57e6e11089 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/billingbudgets.v1beta1.json @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://billingbudgets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudBillingBudgetsV1beta1AllUpdatesRule": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json index 38bf4d1aab9..c8320dd5a72 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v2.json @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json index 6d164e70bee..0864aeee0cf 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/blogger.v3.json @@ -1678,7 +1678,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://blogger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Blog": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json index 26850fbd9bd..7271e2114d5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/calendar.v3.json @@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211105", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Acl": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json index 78e53656f02..d9f60cbbb0b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chat.v1.json @@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211204", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://chat.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActionParameter": { @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ }, "member": { "$ref": "User", - "description": "A user in Google Chat." + "description": "A user in Google Chat. Represents a person in the People API. Formatted as `users/person_id` where `person_id` is available from the [People API](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people)." }, "name": { "type": "string" @@ -2721,7 +2721,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "domainId": { - "description": "Obfuscated domain information.", + "description": "Unique identifier of the user's Google Workspace domain.", "type": "string" }, "isAnonymous": { @@ -2729,7 +2729,7 @@ "type": "boolean" }, "name": { - "description": "Resource name, in the format \"users/*\".", + "description": "Resource name for a Google Chat user. Formatted as `users/AAAAAAAAAAA`. Represents a [person](https://developers.google.com/people/api/rest/v1/people#Person) in the People API.", "type": "string" }, "type": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json index 331ca46774c..d9df3f5eaae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json @@ -488,7 +488,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json index bce54fa187d..6bc8d1623f2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ChromeCrosDpanelAutosettingsProtoPolicyApiLifecycle": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json index abdff4c9892..3a6da05eb07 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromeuxreport.v1.json @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211209", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://chromeuxreport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Bin": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json index b0a3d394caa..7f441ba891d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json @@ -2400,7 +2400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Announcement": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json index ad4ff24f295..bc8f3b8bbce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddebugger.v2.json @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211207", "rootUrl": "https://clouddebugger.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AliasContext": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json index 38ae11593c4..074a4037ba8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/clouddeploy.v1.json @@ -1201,7 +1201,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211201", + "revision": "20211212", "rootUrl": "https://clouddeploy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApproveRolloutRequest": { @@ -2003,6 +2003,25 @@ "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, + "deployFailureCause": { + "description": "Output only. The reason this deploy failed. This will always be unspecified while the deploy in progress.", + "enum": [ + "FAILURE_CAUSE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CLOUD_BUILD_UNAVAILABLE", + "EXECUTION_FAILED", + "DEADLINE_EXCEEDED", + "RELEASE_FAILED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No reason for failure is specified.", + "Cloud Build is not available, either because it is not enabled or because Cloud Deploy has insufficient permissions. See [required permission](/deploy/docs/cloud-deploy-service-account#required_permissions).", + "The deploy operation did not complete successfully; check Cloud Build logs.", + "Deployment did not complete within the alloted time.", + "Release is in a failed state." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "deployStartTime": { "description": "Output only. Time at which the `Rollout` started deploying.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -2267,6 +2286,21 @@ "description": "Details of rendering for a single target.", "id": "TargetRender", "properties": { + "failureCause": { + "description": "Output only. Reason this render failed. This will always be unspecified while the render in progress.", + "enum": [ + "FAILURE_CAUSE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CLOUD_BUILD_UNAVAILABLE", + "EXECUTION_FAILED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "No reason for failure is specified.", + "Cloud Build is not available, either because it is not enabled or because Cloud Deploy has insufficient permissions. See [required permission](/deploy/docs/cloud-deploy-service-account#required_permissions).", + "The render operation did not complete successfully; check Cloud Build logs." + ], + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, "renderingBuild": { "description": "Output only. The resource name of the Cloud Build `Build` object that is used to render the manifest for this target. Format is `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/builds/{build}`.", "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json index 201d3eabe86..72cb462d40b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json @@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CheckTransitiveMembershipResponse": { @@ -2595,9 +2595,9 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default. Should not be used.", - "The member adheres to the parent group\u2019s restriction.", + "The member adheres to the parent group's restriction.", "The group-group membership might be currently violating some parent group's restriction but in future, it will never allow any new member in the child group which can violate parent group's restriction.", - "The member violates the parent group\u2019s restriction.", + "The member violates the parent group's restriction.", "The state of the membership is under evaluation." ], "readOnly": true, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json index 37395313768..f8e22cfbb94 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json @@ -1404,7 +1404,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAttributes": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json index cbafac97863..5ea569cde36 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudprofiler.v2.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://cloudprofiler.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CreateProfileRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json index 6606765a2f6..666dc3b762a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsearch.v1.json @@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "version": { - "description": "Required. The incremented version of the item to delete from the index. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes.", + "description": "Required. The incremented version of the item to delete from the index. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. See [this guide](https://developers.devsite.corp.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations) to understand how item version affects reindexing after delete item.", "format": "byte", "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1519,6 +1519,60 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search.stats.indexing" ] }, + "getSearchapplication": { + "description": "Get search application stats for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.", + "flatPath": "v1/stats/searchapplication", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "cloudsearch.stats.getSearchapplication", + "parameterOrder": [], + "parameters": { + "endDate.day": { + "description": "Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "endDate.month": { + "description": "Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "endDate.year": { + "description": "Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "startDate.day": { + "description": "Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "startDate.month": { + "description": "Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "startDate.year": { + "description": "Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + } + }, + "path": "v1/stats/searchapplication", + "response": { + "$ref": "GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search.stats", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud_search.stats.indexing" + ] + }, "getSession": { "description": "Get the # of search sessions, % of successful sessions with a click query statistics for customer. **Note:** This API requires a standard end user account to execute.", "flatPath": "v1/stats/session", @@ -1940,7 +1994,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditLoggingSettings": { @@ -2077,6 +2131,22 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "CustomerSearchApplicationStats": { + "description": "Search application stats for a customer for the given date.", + "id": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats", + "properties": { + "count": { + "description": "The count of search applications for the date.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "date": { + "$ref": "Date", + "description": "Date for which search application stats were calculated." + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "CustomerSessionStats": { "id": "CustomerSessionStats", "properties": { @@ -2173,6 +2243,10 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "returnThumbnailUrls": { + "description": "Can a user request to get thumbnail URI for Items indexed in this data source.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "shortName": { "description": "A short name or alias for the source. This value will be used to match the 'source' operator. For example, if the short name is ** then queries like *source: * will only return results for this source. The value must be unique across all datasources. The value must only contain alphanumeric characters (a-zA-Z0-9). The value cannot start with 'google' and cannot be one of the following: mail, gmail, docs, drive, groups, sites, calendar, hangouts, gplus, keep, people, teams. Its maximum length is 32 characters.", "type": "string" @@ -2726,6 +2800,11 @@ "GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse": { "id": "GetCustomerIndexStatsResponse", "properties": { + "averageIndexedItemCount": { + "description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, "stats": { "description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", "items": { @@ -2744,6 +2823,30 @@ "$ref": "CustomerQueryStats" }, "type": "array" + }, + "totalQueryCount": { + "description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse": { + "description": "Response format for search application stats for a customer.", + "id": "GetCustomerSearchApplicationStatsResponse", + "properties": { + "averageSearchApplicationCount": { + "description": "Average search application count for the given date range.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "stats": { + "description": "Search application stats by date.", + "items": { + "$ref": "CustomerSearchApplicationStats" + }, + "type": "array" } }, "type": "object" @@ -2775,6 +2878,11 @@ "GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse": { "id": "GetDataSourceIndexStatsResponse", "properties": { + "averageIndexedItemCount": { + "description": "Average item count for the given date range for which billing is done.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, "stats": { "description": "Summary of indexed item counts, one for each day in the requested range.", "items": { @@ -2795,6 +2903,11 @@ "$ref": "SearchApplicationQueryStats" }, "type": "array" + }, + "totalQueryCount": { + "description": "Total successful query count (status code 200) for the given date range.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -3065,7 +3178,7 @@ "description": "The structured data for the item that should conform to a registered object definition in the schema for the data source." }, "version": { - "description": "Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes.", + "description": "Required. The indexing system stores the version from the datasource as a byte string and compares the Item version in the index to the version of the queued Item using lexical ordering. Cloud Search Indexing won't index or delete any queued item with a version value that is less than or equal to the version of the currently indexed item. The maximum length for this field is 1024 bytes. See [this guide](https://developers.devsite.corp.google.com/cloud-search/docs/guides/operations) to understand how item version affects reindexing after delete item.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" } @@ -3163,6 +3276,11 @@ "format": "int64", "type": "string" }, + "indexedItemsCount": { + "description": "Number of items matching the status code for which billing is done. This excludes virtual container items from the total count. This count would not be applicable for items with ERROR or NEW_ITEM status code.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, "statusCode": { "description": "Status of the items.", "enum": [ @@ -3486,6 +3604,10 @@ "$ref": "Source", "description": "The named source for the result, such as Gmail." }, + "thumbnailUrl": { + "description": "The thumbnail URL of the result.", + "type": "string" + }, "updateTime": { "description": "The last modified date for the object in the search result. If not set in the item, the value returned here is empty. When `updateTime` is used for calculating freshness and is not set, this value defaults to 2 years from the current time.", "format": "google-datetime", @@ -4490,6 +4612,10 @@ "$ref": "QueryInterpretationConfig", "description": "The default options for query interpretation" }, + "returnResultThumbnailUrls": { + "description": "With each result we should return the URI for its thumbnail (when applicable)", + "type": "boolean" + }, "scoringConfig": { "$ref": "ScoringConfig", "description": "Configuration for ranking results." diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json index 76655c90ecc..86da1dec399 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json @@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211115", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddPublicKeyMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json index 4adcfc9ce9f..fc6e5540a41 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudsupport.v2beta.json @@ -580,7 +580,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://cloudsupport.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Actor": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json index ac15701f1c4..c8a262b7dad 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.alpha.json @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot", @@ -3002,7 +3002,7 @@ ] }, "update": { - "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", + "description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.disks.update", @@ -6289,7 +6289,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -6355,7 +6355,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -6452,7 +6452,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -9072,7 +9072,7 @@ ] }, "stopInstances": { - "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", + "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.stopInstances", @@ -9120,7 +9120,7 @@ ] }, "suspendInstances": { - "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", + "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.instanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances", @@ -19920,7 +19920,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -19986,7 +19986,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20083,7 +20083,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20197,7 +20197,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20279,7 +20279,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20392,7 +20392,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -21768,7 +21768,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot", @@ -24186,7 +24186,7 @@ ] }, "stopInstances": { - "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is stopped, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_STOP on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not stopped. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", + "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately stopped. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetStoppedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you stop. The stopInstances operation is marked DONE if the stopInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the STOPPING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays stopping the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is stopped. Stopped instances can be started using the startInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/stopInstances", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.stopInstances", @@ -24234,7 +24234,7 @@ ] }, "suspendInstances": { - "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the instanceLifecyclePolicy.metadataBasedReadinessSignal field is set on the Instance Group Manager, each instance will be initialized before it is suspended, to give user programs time to perform necessary tasks. To initialize an instance, the Instance Group Manager sets the metadata key google-compute-initialization-intent to value INITIALIZE_AND_SUSPEND on the instance, and waits for the user program to signal it is ready. This is done by setting the guest attribute path google-compute/initialization-state to value INITIALIZED. If the instance does not signal successful initialization (does not set the guest attribute to INITIALIZED) before timeout, the initialization is considered failed and the instance is not suspended. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", + "description": "Flags the specified instances in the managed instance group to be immediately suspended. You can only specify instances that are running in this request. This method reduces the targetSize and increases the targetSuspendedSize of the managed instance group by the number of instances that you suspend. The suspendInstances operation is marked DONE if the suspendInstances request is successful. The underlying actions take additional time. You must separately verify the status of the SUSPENDING action with the listmanagedinstances method. If the standbyPolicy.initialDelaySec field is set, the group delays suspension of the instances until initialDelaySec have passed from instance.creationTimestamp (that is, when the instance was created). This delay gives your application time to set itself up and initialize on the instance. If more than initialDelaySec seconds have passed since instance.creationTimestamp when this method is called, there will be zero delay. If the group is part of a backend service that has enabled connection draining, it can take up to 60 seconds after the connection draining duration has elapsed before the VM instance is suspended. Suspended instances can be resumed using the resumeInstances method. You can specify a maximum of 1000 instances with this method per request.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/instanceGroupManagers/{instanceGroupManager}/suspendInstances", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionInstanceGroupManagers.suspendInstances", @@ -26329,7 +26329,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -26411,7 +26411,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -27013,7 +27013,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -27102,7 +27102,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -27957,7 +27957,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28046,7 +28046,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -28152,7 +28152,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28202,7 +28202,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -31155,7 +31155,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -31293,7 +31293,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -31398,7 +31398,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -31632,7 +31632,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.snapshots.insert", @@ -31914,7 +31914,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -31987,7 +31987,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -33093,7 +33093,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -33166,7 +33166,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -33256,7 +33256,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -33563,7 +33563,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -33912,7 +33912,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -37620,7 +37620,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -38032,11 +38032,11 @@ "id": "AccessConfig", "properties": { "externalIpv6": { - "description": "[Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", + "description": "The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", "type": "string" }, "externalIpv6PrefixLength": { - "description": "[Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -39003,6 +39003,10 @@ "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "The customer-supplied encryption key of the source image. Required if the source image is protected by a customer-supplied encryption key. Instance templates do not store customer-supplied encryption keys, so you cannot create disks for instances in a managed instance group if the source images are encrypted with your own keys." }, + "sourceInstantSnapshot": { + "description": "The source instant-snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceInstantSnapshot initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: us-central1-a/instantSnapshots/my-backup If the source instant-snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.", + "type": "string" + }, "sourceSnapshot": { "description": "The source snapshot to create this disk. When creating a new instance, one of initializeParams.sourceSnapshot or initializeParams.sourceImage or disks.source is required except for local SSD. To create a disk with a snapshot that you created, specify the snapshot name in the following format: global/snapshots/my-backup If the source snapshot is deleted later, this field will not be set.", "type": "string" @@ -44627,6 +44631,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "destRegionCodes": { + "description": "Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for destination of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex.\"US\" Maximum number of dest region codes allowed is 5000.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "layer4Configs": { "description": "Pairs of IP protocols and ports that the rule should match.", "items": { @@ -44655,6 +44666,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "srcRegionCodes": { + "description": "Region codes whose IP addresses will be used to match for source of traffic. Should be specified as 2 letter country code defined as per ISO 3166 alpha-2 country codes. ex.\"US\" Maximum number of source region codes allowed is 5000.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "srcSecureTags": { "description": "List of secure tag values, which should be matched at the source of the traffic. For INGRESS rule, if all the srcSecureTag are INEFFECTIVE, and there is no srcIpRange, this rule will be ignored. Maximum number of source tag values allowed is 256.", "items": { @@ -44767,6 +44785,10 @@ "description": "This field is used along with the backend_service field for internal load balancing or with the target field for internal TargetInstance. If the field is set to TRUE, clients can access ILB from all regions. Otherwise only allows access from clients in the same region as the internal load balancer.", "type": "boolean" }, + "allowPscGlobalAccess": { + "description": "This is used in PSC consumer ForwardingRule to control whether the PSC endpoint can be accessed from another region.", + "type": "boolean" + }, "backendService": { "description": "Identifies the backend service to which the forwarding rule sends traffic. Required for Internal TCP/UDP Load Balancing and Network Load Balancing; must be omitted for all other load balancer types.", "type": "string" @@ -48601,6 +48623,10 @@ "networkPerformanceConfig": { "$ref": "NetworkPerformanceConfig" }, + "params": { + "$ref": "InstanceParams", + "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload." + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": { "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -51107,6 +51133,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstanceParams": { + "description": "Additional instance params.", + "id": "InstanceParams", + "properties": { + "resourceManagerTags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstanceProperties": { "id": "InstanceProperties", "properties": { @@ -51225,8 +51265,15 @@ "$ref": "ReservationAffinity", "description": "Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet." }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty.", + "type": "object" + }, "resourcePolicies": { - "description": "Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", + "description": "Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -51904,6 +51951,10 @@ "description": "[Output Only] URL of the region where the instant snapshot resides. You must specify this field as part of the HTTP request URL. It is not settable as a field in the request body.", "type": "string" }, + "resourceStatus": { + "$ref": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", + "description": "[Output Only] Status information for the instant snapshot resource." + }, "satisfiesPzs": { "description": "[Output Only] Reserved for future use.", "type": "boolean" @@ -52222,6 +52273,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus": { + "id": "InstantSnapshotResourceStatus", + "properties": { + "storageSizeBytes": { + "description": "[Output Only] The storage size of this instant snapshot.", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstantSnapshotsExportRequest": { "id": "InstantSnapshotsExportRequest", "properties": { @@ -56881,7 +56943,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "internalIpv6PrefixLength": { - "description": "[Output Only] The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range.", + "description": "The prefix length of the primary internal IPv6 range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -56907,7 +56969,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6Address": { - "description": "[Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", + "description": "An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { @@ -57797,7 +57859,7 @@ }, "type": "array" }, - "instanceConsumptionDatas": { + "instanceConsumptionData": { "description": "Instance data that shows consumed resources on the node.", "items": { "$ref": "InstanceConsumptionData" @@ -61997,6 +62059,7 @@ "EXTERNAL_VPN_GATEWAYS", "FIREWALLS", "FORWARDING_RULES", + "GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MANAGED_FORWARDING_RULES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_ADDRESSES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", "HEALTH_CHECKS", @@ -62211,6 +62274,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -68230,7 +68294,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "domainNames": { - "description": "If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: \"p.mycompany.com\".", + "description": "If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: \"p.mycompany.com.\". Current max number of domain names supported is 1.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -69025,6 +69089,18 @@ "$ref": "CustomerEncryptionKey", "description": "Encrypts the snapshot using a customer-supplied encryption key. After you encrypt a snapshot using a customer-supplied key, you must provide the same key if you use the snapshot later. For example, you must provide the encryption key when you create a disk from the encrypted snapshot in a future request. Customer-supplied encryption keys do not protect access to metadata of the snapshot. If you do not provide an encryption key when creating the snapshot, then the snapshot will be encrypted using an automatically generated key and you do not need to provide a key to use the snapshot later." }, + "snapshotType": { + "description": "Indicates the type of the snapshot.", + "enum": [ + "ARCHIVE", + "STANDARD" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "" + ], + "type": "string" + }, "sourceDisk": { "description": "The source disk used to create this snapshot.", "type": "string" @@ -70544,7 +70620,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6CidrRange": { - "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.", + "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json index 4f477c9474f..6913ec034f7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.beta.json @@ -2458,7 +2458,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot", @@ -3002,7 +3002,7 @@ ] }, "update": { - "description": "Update the specified disk with the data included in the request. Update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", + "description": "Updates the specified disk with the data included in the request. The update is performed only on selected fields included as part of update-mask. Only the following fields can be modified: user_license.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "compute.disks.update", @@ -5900,7 +5900,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -5966,7 +5966,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -6063,7 +6063,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17312,7 +17312,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17378,7 +17378,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17475,7 +17475,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17589,7 +17589,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17671,7 +17671,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -17784,7 +17784,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -19160,7 +19160,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot", @@ -22107,7 +22107,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -22189,7 +22189,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -22537,7 +22537,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -22626,7 +22626,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -23077,7 +23077,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23166,7 +23166,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -23272,7 +23272,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23322,7 +23322,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -26215,7 +26215,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -26353,7 +26353,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -26458,7 +26458,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -26692,7 +26692,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.snapshots.insert", @@ -26974,7 +26974,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -27047,7 +27047,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -28093,7 +28093,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28166,7 +28166,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -28256,7 +28256,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28563,7 +28563,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28912,7 +28912,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -32620,7 +32620,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -33028,11 +33028,11 @@ "id": "AccessConfig", "properties": { "externalIpv6": { - "description": "[Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", + "description": "The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", "type": "string" }, "externalIpv6PrefixLength": { - "description": "[Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -33854,6 +33854,13 @@ "description": "Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.", "type": "object" }, + "licenses": { + "description": "A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "multiWriter": { "description": "Indicates whether or not the disk can be read/write attached to more than one instance.", "type": "boolean" @@ -42308,6 +42315,10 @@ "networkPerformanceConfig": { "$ref": "NetworkPerformanceConfig" }, + "params": { + "$ref": "InstanceParams", + "description": "Input only. [Input Only] Additional params passed with the request, but not persisted as part of resource payload." + }, "postKeyRevocationActionType": { "description": "PostKeyRevocationActionType of the instance.", "enum": [ @@ -44516,6 +44527,20 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "InstanceParams": { + "description": "Additional instance params.", + "id": "InstanceParams", + "properties": { + "resourceManagerTags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty.", + "type": "object" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "InstanceProperties": { "id": "InstanceProperties", "properties": { @@ -44620,8 +44645,15 @@ "$ref": "ReservationAffinity", "description": "Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet." }, + "resourceManagerTags": { + "additionalProperties": { + "type": "string" + }, + "description": "Resource manager tags to be bound to the instance. Tag keys and values have the same definition as resource manager tags. Keys must be in the format `tagKeys/{tag_key_id}`, and values are in the format `tagValues/456`. The field is ignored (both PUT & PATCH) when empty.", + "type": "object" + }, "resourcePolicies": { - "description": "Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", + "description": "Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -45414,6 +45446,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "candidateIpv6Subnets": { + "description": "Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "candidateSubnets": { "description": "Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space.", "items": { @@ -45425,6 +45464,14 @@ "description": "[Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment.", "type": "string" }, + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": { + "description": "[Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment.", + "type": "string" + }, + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": { + "description": "If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet.", + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -45433,6 +45480,14 @@ "description": "[Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment.", "type": "string" }, + "customerRouterIpv6Address": { + "description": "[Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment.", + "type": "string" + }, + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": { + "description": "If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet.", + "type": "string" + }, "dataplaneVersion": { "description": "[Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1.", "format": "int32", @@ -45560,6 +45615,18 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "stackType": { + "description": "The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations.", + "enum": [ + "IPV4_IPV6", + "IPV4_ONLY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The interconnect attachment can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.", + "The interconnect attachment will only be assigned IPv4 addresses." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. ", "enum": [ @@ -48834,7 +48901,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6Address": { - "description": "[Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", + "description": "An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { @@ -53378,6 +53445,7 @@ "EXTERNAL_VPN_GATEWAYS", "FIREWALLS", "FORWARDING_RULES", + "GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MANAGED_FORWARDING_RULES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_ADDRESSES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", "HEALTH_CHECKS", @@ -53575,6 +53643,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -58795,6 +58864,13 @@ "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "domainNames": { + "description": "If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: \"p.mycompany.com.\". Current max number of domain names supported is 1.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "enableProxyProtocol": { "description": "If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.", "type": "boolean" @@ -60751,7 +60827,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6CidrRange": { - "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.", + "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json index 0c9e77e180b..119ee0675c8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/compute.v1.json @@ -2084,7 +2084,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/zones/{zone}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.disks.createSnapshot", @@ -5268,7 +5268,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -5334,7 +5334,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -5431,7 +5431,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15306,7 +15306,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15372,7 +15372,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15469,7 +15469,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15583,7 +15583,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15665,7 +15665,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -15778,7 +15778,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -16872,7 +16872,7 @@ ] }, "createSnapshot": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot of this regional disk.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot of a specified persistent disk. For regular snapshot creation, consider using snapshots.insert instead, as that method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/regions/{region}/disks/{disk}/createSnapshot", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.regionDisks.createSnapshot", @@ -19430,7 +19430,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -19512,7 +19512,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -19814,7 +19814,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -19903,7 +19903,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20262,7 +20262,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -20351,7 +20351,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -20457,7 +20457,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -20507,7 +20507,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23079,7 +23079,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23217,7 +23217,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -23322,7 +23322,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23556,7 +23556,7 @@ ] }, "insert": { - "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request.", + "description": "Creates a snapshot in the specified project using the data included in the request. For regular snapshot creation, consider using this method instead of disks.createSnapshot, as this method supports more features, such as creating snapshots in a project different from the source disk project.", "flatPath": "projects/{project}/global/snapshots", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "compute.snapshots.insert", @@ -23838,7 +23838,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -23911,7 +23911,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -24876,7 +24876,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -24949,7 +24949,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" } @@ -25039,7 +25039,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -25308,7 +25308,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -25619,7 +25619,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "requestId": { - "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000). end_interface: MixerMutationRequestBuilder", + "description": "An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported ( 00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -28809,7 +28809,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211208", "rootUrl": "https://compute.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -29217,11 +29217,11 @@ "id": "AccessConfig", "properties": { "externalIpv6": { - "description": "[Output Only] The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", + "description": "The first IPv6 address of the external IPv6 range associated with this instance, prefix length is stored in externalIpv6PrefixLength in ipv6AccessConfig. The field is output only, an IPv6 address from a subnetwork associated with the instance will be allocated dynamically.", "type": "string" }, "externalIpv6PrefixLength": { - "description": "[Output Only] The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", + "description": "The prefix length of the external IPv6 range.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -29998,6 +29998,13 @@ "description": "Labels to apply to this disk. These can be later modified by the disks.setLabels method. This field is only applicable for persistent disks.", "type": "object" }, + "licenses": { + "description": "A list of publicly visible licenses. Reserved for Google's use.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "onUpdateAction": { "description": "Specifies which action to take on instance update with this disk. Default is to use the existing disk.", "enum": [ @@ -40480,7 +40487,7 @@ "description": "Specifies the reservations that instances can consume from. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet." }, "resourcePolicies": { - "description": "Resource policies (names, not ULRs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", + "description": "Resource policies (names, not URLs) applied to instances created from these properties. Note that for MachineImage, this is not supported yet.", "items": { "type": "string" }, @@ -41200,6 +41207,13 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "candidateIpv6Subnets": { + "description": "Up to 16 candidate prefixes that control the allocation of cloudRouterIpv6Address and customerRouterIpv6Address for this attachment. Each prefix must be in the Global Unique Address (GUA) space. It is highly recommended that it be in a range owned by the requestor. A GUA in a range owned by Google will cause the request to fail. Google will select an available prefix from the supplied candidates or fail the request. If not supplied, a /125 from a Google-owned GUA block will be selected.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "candidateSubnets": { "description": "Up to 16 candidate prefixes that can be used to restrict the allocation of cloudRouterIpAddress and customerRouterIpAddress for this attachment. All prefixes must be within link-local address space (169.254.0.0/16) and must be /29 or shorter (/28, /27, etc). Google will attempt to select an unused /29 from the supplied candidate prefix(es). The request will fail if all possible /29s are in use on Google's edge. If not supplied, Google will randomly select an unused /29 from all of link-local space.", "items": { @@ -41211,6 +41225,14 @@ "description": "[Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment.", "type": "string" }, + "cloudRouterIpv6Address": { + "description": "[Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on Cloud Router Interface for this interconnect attachment.", + "type": "string" + }, + "cloudRouterIpv6InterfaceId": { + "description": "If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the cloud router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet.", + "type": "string" + }, "creationTimestamp": { "description": "[Output Only] Creation timestamp in RFC3339 text format.", "type": "string" @@ -41219,6 +41241,14 @@ "description": "[Output Only] IPv4 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment.", "type": "string" }, + "customerRouterIpv6Address": { + "description": "[Output Only] IPv6 address + prefix length to be configured on the customer router subinterface for this interconnect attachment.", + "type": "string" + }, + "customerRouterIpv6InterfaceId": { + "description": "If supplied, the interface id (index within the subnet) to be used for the customer router address. The id must be in the range of 1 to 6. If a subnet mask is supplied, it must be /125, and the subnet should either be 0 or match the selected subnet.", + "type": "string" + }, "dataplaneVersion": { "description": "[Output only for types PARTNER and DEDICATED. Not present for PARTNER_PROVIDER.] Dataplane version for this InterconnectAttachment. This field is only present for Dataplane version 2 and higher. Absence of this field in the API output indicates that the Dataplane is version 1.", "format": "int32", @@ -41334,6 +41364,18 @@ "description": "[Output Only] Server-defined URL for the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "stackType": { + "description": "The stack type for this interconnect attachment to identify whether the IPv6 feature is enabled or not. If not specified, IPV4_ONLY will be used. This field can be both set at interconnect attachments creation and update interconnect attachment operations.", + "enum": [ + "IPV4_IPV6", + "IPV4_ONLY" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "The interconnect attachment can have both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.", + "The interconnect attachment will only be assigned IPv4 addresses." + ], + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "[Output Only] The current state of this attachment's functionality. Enum values ACTIVE and UNPROVISIONED are shared by DEDICATED/PRIVATE, PARTNER, and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments, while enum values PENDING_PARTNER, PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED, and PENDING_CUSTOMER are used for only PARTNER and PARTNER_PROVIDER interconnect attachments. This state can take one of the following values: - ACTIVE: The attachment has been turned up and is ready to use. - UNPROVISIONED: The attachment is not ready to use yet, because turnup is not complete. - PENDING_PARTNER: A newly-created PARTNER attachment that has not yet been configured on the Partner side. - PARTNER_REQUEST_RECEIVED: A PARTNER attachment is in the process of provisioning after a PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment was created that references it. - PENDING_CUSTOMER: A PARTNER or PARTNER_PROVIDER attachment that is waiting for a customer to activate it. - DEFUNCT: The attachment was deleted externally and is no longer functional. This could be because the associated Interconnect was removed, or because the other side of a Partner attachment was deleted. ", "enum": [ @@ -43896,6 +43938,7 @@ "INTERNET_FQDN_PORT", "INTERNET_IP_PORT", "NON_GCP_PRIVATE_IP_PORT", + "PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT", "SERVERLESS" ], "enumDescriptions": [ @@ -43904,10 +43947,15 @@ "The network endpoint is represented by fully qualified domain name and port.", "The network endpoint is represented by an internet IP address and port.", "The network endpoint is represented by an IP address and port. The endpoint belongs to a VM or pod running in a customer's on-premises.", + "The network endpoint is either public Google APIs or services exposed by other GCP Project with a Service Attachment. The connection is set up by private service connect", "The network endpoint is handled by specified serverless infrastructure." ], "type": "string" }, + "pscTargetService": { + "description": "The target service url used to set up private service connection to a Google API. An example value is: \"asia-northeast3-cloudkms.googleapis.com\"", + "type": "string" + }, "region": { "description": "[Output Only] The URL of the region where the network endpoint group is located.", "type": "string" @@ -44536,7 +44584,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6Address": { - "description": "[Output Only] An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", + "description": "An IPv6 internal network address for this network interface.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { @@ -48986,6 +49034,7 @@ "EXTERNAL_VPN_GATEWAYS", "FIREWALLS", "FORWARDING_RULES", + "GLOBAL_EXTERNAL_MANAGED_FORWARDING_RULES", "GLOBAL_INTERNAL_ADDRESSES", "GPUS_ALL_REGIONS", "HEALTH_CHECKS", @@ -49181,6 +49230,7 @@ "", "", "", + "", "The total number of snapshots allowed for a single project.", "", "", @@ -54177,6 +54227,13 @@ "description": "An optional description of this resource. Provide this property when you create the resource.", "type": "string" }, + "domainNames": { + "description": "If specified, the domain name will be used during the integration between the PSC connected endpoints and the Cloud DNS. For example, this is a valid domain name: \"p.mycompany.com.\". Current max number of domain names supported is 1.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "enableProxyProtocol": { "description": "If true, enable the proxy protocol which is for supplying client TCP/IP address data in TCP connections that traverse proxies on their way to destination servers.", "type": "boolean" @@ -56000,7 +56057,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "ipv6CidrRange": { - "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork.", + "description": "[Output Only] The range of internal IPv6 addresses that are owned by this subnetwork. Note this will be for private google access only eventually.", "type": "string" }, "kind": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json index 2cb7bc03be7..bf0b81a1087 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json @@ -290,8 +290,8 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.", - "Transcript field is not populated in the response.", - "All fields are populated." + "Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.", + "All fields are populated for Insights conversation." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -346,8 +346,8 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Not specified. Defaults to FULL on GetConversationRequest and BASIC for ListConversationsRequest.", - "Transcript field is not populated in the response.", - "All fields are populated." + "Transcript field is not populated in the response for Insights conversation.", + "All fields are populated for Insights conversation." ], "location": "query", "type": "string" @@ -1123,7 +1123,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211211", "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": { @@ -1526,6 +1526,10 @@ "description": "Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}", "type": "string" }, + "obfuscatedUserId": { + "description": "Obfuscated user ID which the customer sent to us.", + "type": "string" + }, "runtimeAnnotations": { "description": "Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.", "items": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json index a99b984a2eb..984bc66b7ce 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1.json @@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211109", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3189,6 +3189,10 @@ "$ref": "ResourceUsageExportConfig", "description": "The desired configuration for exporting resource usage." }, + "desiredServiceExternalIpsConfig": { + "$ref": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig", + "description": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies the config for the use of Services with ExternalIPs field." + }, "desiredShieldedNodes": { "$ref": "ShieldedNodes", "description": "Configuration for Shielded Nodes." @@ -3415,6 +3419,32 @@ "properties": {}, "type": "object" }, + "Filter": { + "description": "Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent", + "id": "Filter", + "properties": { + "eventType": { + "description": "Event types to allowlist.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "UPGRADE_AVAILABLE_EVENT", + "UPGRADE_EVENT", + "SECURITY_BULLETIN_EVENT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not set, will be ignored.", + "Corresponds with UpgradeAvailableEvent.", + "Corresponds with UpgradeEvent.", + "Corresponds with SecurityBulletinEvent." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GcePersistentDiskCsiDriverConfig": { "description": "Configuration for the Compute Engine PD CSI driver.", "id": "GcePersistentDiskCsiDriverConfig", @@ -3831,6 +3861,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "MaintenanceExclusionOptions": { + "description": "Represents the Maintenance exclusion option.", + "id": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions", + "properties": { + "scope": { + "description": "Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion.", + "enum": [ + "NO_UPGRADES", + "NO_MINOR_UPGRADES", + "NO_MINOR_OR_NODE_UPGRADES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "NO_UPGRADES excludes all upgrades, including patch upgrades and minor upgrades across control planes and nodes. This is the default exclusion behavior.", + "NO_MINOR_UPGRADES excludes all minor upgrades for the cluster, only patches are allowed.", + "NO_MINOR_OR_NODE_UPGRADES excludes all minor upgrades for the cluster, and also exclude all node pool upgrades. Only control plane patches are allowed." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "MaintenancePolicy": { "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", @@ -4052,6 +4103,10 @@ ], "type": "string" }, + "serviceExternalIpsConfig": { + "$ref": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig", + "description": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig specifies if services with externalIPs field are blocked or not." + }, "subnetwork": { "description": "Output only. The relative name of the Google Compute Engine [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/vpc) to which the cluster is connected. Example: projects/my-project/regions/us-central1/subnetworks/my-subnet", "type": "string" @@ -4244,7 +4299,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "cpuManagerPolicy": { - "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", + "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4690,6 +4745,10 @@ "description": "Enable notifications for Pub/Sub.", "type": "boolean" }, + "filter": { + "$ref": "Filter", + "description": "Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent" + }, "topic": { "description": "The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.", "type": "string" @@ -4889,6 +4948,62 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityBulletinEvent": { + "description": "SecurityBulletinEvent is a notification sent to customers when a security bulletin has been posted that they are vulnerable to.", + "id": "SecurityBulletinEvent", + "properties": { + "affectedSupportedMinors": { + "description": "The GKE minor versions affected by this vulnerability.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "briefDescription": { + "description": "A brief description of the bulletin. See the bulletin pointed to by the bulletin_uri field for an expanded description.", + "type": "string" + }, + "bulletinId": { + "description": "The ID of the bulletin corresponding to the vulnerability.", + "type": "string" + }, + "bulletinUri": { + "description": "The URI link to the bulletin on the website for more information.", + "type": "string" + }, + "cveIds": { + "description": "The CVEs associated with this bulletin.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "manualStepsRequired": { + "description": "If this field is specified, it means there are manual steps that the user must take to make their clusters safe.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "patchedVersions": { + "description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is patched.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "resourceTypeAffected": { + "description": "The resource type (node/control plane) that has the vulnerability. Multiple notifications (1 notification per resource type) will be sent for a vulnerability that affects > 1 resource type.", + "type": "string" + }, + "severity": { + "description": "The severity of this bulletin as it relates to GKE.", + "type": "string" + }, + "suggestedUpgradeTarget": { + "description": "This represents a version selected from the patched_versions field that the cluster receiving this notification should most likely want to upgrade to based on its current version. Note that if this notification is being received by a given cluster, it means that this version is currently available as an upgrade target in that cluster's location.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServerConfig": { "description": "Kubernetes Engine service configuration.", "id": "ServerConfig", @@ -4932,6 +5047,17 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "ServiceExternalIPsConfig": { + "description": "Config to block services with externalIPs field.", + "id": "ServiceExternalIPsConfig", + "properties": { + "enabled": { + "description": "Whether Services with ExternalIPs field are allowed or not.", + "type": "boolean" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "SetAddonsConfigRequest": { "description": "SetAddonsConfigRequest sets the addons associated with the cluster.", "id": "SetAddonsConfigRequest", @@ -5459,6 +5585,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { + "$ref": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions", + "description": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options." + }, "startTime": { "description": "The time that the window first starts.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json index 5a88d072cfa..5fe097bbfa5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/container.v1beta1.json @@ -2484,7 +2484,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211109", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://container.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { @@ -3203,7 +3203,7 @@ }, "desiredGcfsConfig": { "$ref": "GcfsConfig", - "description": "The desired GCFS config for the cluster" + "description": "The desired GCFS config for the cluster." }, "desiredIdentityServiceConfig": { "$ref": "IdentityServiceConfig", @@ -3582,6 +3582,32 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "Filter": { + "description": "Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If event types are present, those and only those event types will be transmitted to the cluster. Other types will be skipped. If no filter is specified, or no event types are present, all event types will be sent", + "id": "Filter", + "properties": { + "eventType": { + "description": "Event types to allowlist.", + "items": { + "enum": [ + "EVENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED", + "UPGRADE_AVAILABLE_EVENT", + "UPGRADE_EVENT", + "SECURITY_BULLETIN_EVENT" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Not set, will be ignored.", + "Corresponds with UpgradeAvailableEvent.", + "Corresponds with UpgradeEvent.", + "Corresponds with SecurityBulletinEvent." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GcePersistentDiskCsiDriverConfig": { "description": "Configuration for the Compute Engine PD CSI driver.", "id": "GcePersistentDiskCsiDriverConfig", @@ -4094,6 +4120,27 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "MaintenanceExclusionOptions": { + "description": "Represents the Maintenance exclusion option.", + "id": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions", + "properties": { + "scope": { + "description": "Scope specifies the upgrade scope which upgrades are blocked by the exclusion.", + "enum": [ + "NO_UPGRADES", + "NO_MINOR_UPGRADES", + "NO_MINOR_OR_NODE_UPGRADES" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "NO_UPGRADES excludes all upgrades, including patch upgrades and minor upgrades across control planes and nodes. This is the default exclusion behavior.", + "NO_MINOR_UPGRADES excludes all minor upgrades for the cluster, only patches are allowed.", + "NO_MINOR_OR_NODE_UPGRADES excludes all minor upgrades for the cluster, and also exclude all node pool upgrades. Only control plane patches are allowed." + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "MaintenancePolicy": { "description": "MaintenancePolicy defines the maintenance policy to be used for the cluster.", "id": "MaintenancePolicy", @@ -4555,7 +4602,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "cpuManagerPolicy": { - "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. - \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. - \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", + "description": "Control the CPU management policy on the node. See https://kubernetes.io/docs/tasks/administer-cluster/cpu-management-policies/ The following values are allowed. * \"none\": the default, which represents the existing scheduling behavior. * \"static\": allows pods with certain resource characteristics to be granted increased CPU affinity and exclusivity on the node. The default value is 'none' if unspecified.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5040,6 +5087,10 @@ "description": "Enable notifications for Pub/Sub.", "type": "boolean" }, + "filter": { + "$ref": "Filter", + "description": "Allows filtering to one or more specific event types. If no filter is specified, or if a filter is specified with no event types, all event types will be sent" + }, "topic": { "description": "The desired Pub/Sub topic to which notifications will be sent by GKE. Format is `projects/{project}/topics/{topic}`.", "type": "string" @@ -5250,6 +5301,62 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "SecurityBulletinEvent": { + "description": "SecurityBulletinEvent is a notification sent to customers when a security bulletin has been posted that they are vulnerable to.", + "id": "SecurityBulletinEvent", + "properties": { + "affectedSupportedMinors": { + "description": "The GKE minor versions affected by this vulnerability.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "briefDescription": { + "description": "A brief description of the bulletin. See the bulletin pointed to by the bulletin_uri field for an expanded description.", + "type": "string" + }, + "bulletinId": { + "description": "The ID of the bulletin corresponding to the vulnerability.", + "type": "string" + }, + "bulletinUri": { + "description": "The URI link to the bulletin on the website for more information.", + "type": "string" + }, + "cveIds": { + "description": "The CVEs associated with this bulletin.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "manualStepsRequired": { + "description": "If this field is specified, it means there are manual steps that the user must take to make their clusters safe.", + "type": "boolean" + }, + "patchedVersions": { + "description": "The GKE versions where this vulnerability is patched.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "resourceTypeAffected": { + "description": "The resource type (node/control plane) that has the vulnerability. Multiple notifications (1 notification per resource type) will be sent for a vulnerability that affects > 1 resource type.", + "type": "string" + }, + "severity": { + "description": "The severity of this bulletin as it relates to GKE.", + "type": "string" + }, + "suggestedUpgradeTarget": { + "description": "This represents a version selected from the patched_versions field that the cluster receiving this notification should most likely want to upgrade to based on its current version. Note that if this notification is being received by a given cluster, it means that this version is currently available as an upgrade target in that cluster's location.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "ServerConfig": { "description": "Kubernetes Engine service configuration.", "id": "ServerConfig", @@ -5838,6 +5945,10 @@ "format": "google-datetime", "type": "string" }, + "maintenanceExclusionOptions": { + "$ref": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions", + "description": "MaintenanceExclusionOptions provides maintenance exclusion related options." + }, "startTime": { "description": "The time that the window first starts.", "format": "google-datetime", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json index cb74e451d82..b9e871c40a0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/customsearch.v1.json @@ -674,7 +674,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://customsearch.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Promotion": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json index 69c8cc5527e..8c29d81ecb1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datapipelines.v1.json @@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ "locations": { "methods": { "listPipelines": { - "description": "Lists pipelines. Returns a \"NOT_FOUND\" error if the list is empty. Returns a \"FORBIDDEN\" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.", + "description": "Lists pipelines. Returns a \"FORBIDDEN\" error if the caller doesn't have permission to access it.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}", "httpMethod": "GET", "id": "datapipelines.projects.locations.listPipelines", @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "filter": { - "description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. If unspecified, all pipelines will be returned. Multiple filters can be applied and must be comma separated. Fields eligible for filtering are: + `type`: The type of the pipeline (streaming or batch). Allowed values are `ALL`, `BATCH`, and `STREAMING`. + `executor_type`: The type of pipeline execution layer. This is always Dataflow for now, but more executors may be added later. Allowed values are `ALL` and `DATAFLOW`. + `status`: The activity status of the pipeline. Allowed values are `ALL`, `ACTIVE`, `ARCHIVED`, and `PAUSED`. For example, to limit results to active batch processing pipelines: type:BATCH,status:ACTIVE", + "description": "An expression for filtering the results of the request. If unspecified, all pipelines will be returned. Multiple filters can be applied and must be comma separated. Fields eligible for filtering are: + `type`: The type of the pipeline (streaming or batch). Allowed values are `ALL`, `BATCH`, and `STREAMING`. + `status`: The activity status of the pipeline. Allowed values are `ALL`, `ACTIVE`, `ARCHIVED`, and `PAUSED`. For example, to limit results to active batch processing pipelines: type:BATCH,status:ACTIVE", "location": "query", "type": "string" }, @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The pipeeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`.", + "description": "Required. The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/pipelines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ ] }, "patch": { - "description": "Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated [Pipeline] is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response.", + "description": "Updates a pipeline. If successful, the updated Pipeline is returned. Returns `NOT_FOUND` if the pipeline doesn't exist. If UpdatePipeline does not return successfully, you can retry the UpdatePipeline request until you receive a successful response.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelines/{pipelinesId}", "httpMethod": "PATCH", "id": "datapipelines.projects.locations.pipelines.patch", @@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location.", + "description": "The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location.", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/pipelines/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ ] }, "run": { - "description": "Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a \"NOT_FOUND\" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a \"FOBIDDEN\" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline.", + "description": "Creates a job for the specified pipeline directly. You can use this method when the internal scheduler is not configured and you want to trigger the job directly or through an external system. Returns a \"NOT_FOUND\" error if the pipeline doesn't exist. Returns a \"FORBIDDEN\" error if the user doesn't have permission to access the pipeline or run jobs for the pipeline.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelines/{pipelinesId}:run", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datapipelines.projects.locations.pipelines.run", @@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ ] }, "stop": { - "description": "Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to \"ARCHIVED\". However, pipeline metadata is retained. Upon success, the pipeline state is updated to ARCHIVED.", + "description": "Freezes pipeline execution permanently. If there's a corresponding scheduler entry, it's deleted, and the pipeline state is changed to \"ARCHIVED\". However, pipeline metadata is retained.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelines/{pipelinesId}:stop", "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "datapipelines.projects.locations.pipelines.stop", @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211112", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://datapipelines.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1DataflowJobDetails": { @@ -659,7 +659,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1Pipeline": { - "description": "The main pipeline entity and all the needed metadata to launch and manage linked jobs.", + "description": "The main pipeline entity and all the necessary metadata for launching and managing linked jobs.", "id": "GoogleCloudDatapipelinesV1Pipeline", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects) * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling ListLocations. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location.", + "description": "The pipeline name. For example: `projects/PROJECT_ID/locations/LOCATION_ID/pipelines/PIPELINE_ID`. * `PROJECT_ID` can contain letters ([A-Za-z]), numbers ([0-9]), hyphens (-), colons (:), and periods (.). For more information, see [Identifying projects](https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-projects#identifying_projects). * `LOCATION_ID` is the canonical ID for the pipeline's location. The list of available locations can be obtained by calling `google.cloud.location.Locations.ListLocations`. Note that the Data Pipelines service is not available in all regions. It depends on Cloud Scheduler, an App Engine application, so it's only available in [App Engine regions](https://cloud.google.com/about/locations#region). * `PIPELINE_ID` is the ID of the pipeline. Must be unique for the selected project and location.", "type": "string" }, "pipelineSources": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json index 05c2bab49ff..b0a0ce72077 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dataproc.v1.json @@ -2316,7 +2316,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://dataproc.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AcceleratorConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json index f3574baffbc..45af792b69b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1.json @@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateIdsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json index a68709378ba..57850b7df45 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta1.json @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleDatastoreAdminV1CommonMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json index be32e48f897..8eecbfce87b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datastore.v1beta3.json @@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://datastore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateIdsRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json index 5581ccd295d..128e996253d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json @@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json index 7ebf6102901..e8b93b097fa 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json @@ -988,7 +988,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json index 4929b350dd7..2c22c6d2bfe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json @@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AsyncOptions": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json index 465ff202305..a864e4b1d4e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json @@ -6983,7 +6983,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -15756,6 +15756,10 @@ "description": "Metadata in google::longrunning::Operation for Knowledge operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1KnowledgeOperationMetadata", "properties": { + "knowledgeBase": { + "description": "The name of the knowledge base interacted with during the operation.", + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "Required. Output only. The current state of this operation.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json index 82b352dd9ed..9c8581679c1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json @@ -7315,7 +7315,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -15518,6 +15518,10 @@ "description": "Metadata in google::longrunning::Operation for Knowledge operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1KnowledgeOperationMetadata", "properties": { + "knowledgeBase": { + "description": "The name of the knowledge base interacted with during the operation.", + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "Required. Output only. The current state of this operation.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json index 51d286284b3..1498b38dd21 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": { @@ -12787,6 +12787,10 @@ "description": "Metadata in google::longrunning::Operation for Knowledge operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1KnowledgeOperationMetadata", "properties": { + "knowledgeBase": { + "description": "The name of the knowledge base interacted with during the operation.", + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "Required. Output only. The current state of this operation.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json index a13ef8d692c..5a04b897105 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json @@ -3820,7 +3820,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AudioInput": { @@ -12787,6 +12787,10 @@ "description": "Metadata in google::longrunning::Operation for Knowledge operations.", "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1KnowledgeOperationMetadata", "properties": { + "knowledgeBase": { + "description": "The name of the knowledge base interacted with during the operation.", + "type": "string" + }, "state": { "description": "Required. Output only. The current state of this operation.", "enum": [ diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json index 46f61df03b7..c7091b6c5a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/digitalassetlinks.v1.json @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://digitalassetlinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AndroidAppAsset": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json index c0ba1f07f68..ee64fdd6dfd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1.json @@ -1233,9 +1233,507 @@ ] } } + }, + "responsePolicies": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a new Response Policy", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a previously created Response Policy. Fails if the response policy is non-empty or still being referenced by a network.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Enumerates all Response Policies associated with a project.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project" + ], + "parameters": { + "maxResults": { + "description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to be returned. If unspecified, the server decides how many results to return.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. A tag returned by a previous list request that was truncated. Use this parameter to continue a previous list request.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies", + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePoliciesListResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Respones Policy addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePoliciesPatchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "update": { + "description": "Updates an existing Response Policy.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "httpMethod": "PUT", + "id": "dns.responsePolicies.update", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePoliciesUpdateResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + } + } + }, + "responsePolicyRules": { + "methods": { + "create": { + "description": "Creates a new Response Policy Rule.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules", + "httpMethod": "POST", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.create", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "delete": { + "description": "Deletes a previously created Response Policy Rule.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "httpMethod": "DELETE", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.delete", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy", + "responsePolicyRule" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "get": { + "description": "Fetches the representation of an existing Response Policy Rule.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.get", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy", + "responsePolicyRule" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "list": { + "description": "Enumerates all Response Policy Rules associated with a project.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.list", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy" + ], + "parameters": { + "maxResults": { + "description": "Optional. Maximum number of results to be returned. If unspecified, the server decides how many results to return.", + "format": "int32", + "location": "query", + "type": "integer" + }, + "pageToken": { + "description": "Optional. A tag returned by a previous list request that was truncated. Use this parameter to continue a previous list request.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy to list.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules", + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRulesListResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform.read-only", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readonly", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "patch": { + "description": "Applies a partial update to an existing Response Policy Rule.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.patch", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy", + "responsePolicyRule" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRulesPatchResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + }, + "update": { + "description": "Updates an existing Response Policy Rule.", + "flatPath": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "httpMethod": "PUT", + "id": "dns.responsePolicyRules.update", + "parameterOrder": [ + "project", + "responsePolicy", + "responsePolicyRule" + ], + "parameters": { + "clientOperationId": { + "description": "For mutating operation requests only. An optional identifier specified by the client. Must be unique for operation resources in the Operations collection.", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + }, + "project": { + "description": "Identifies the project addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy containing the Response Policy Rule.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "description": "User assigned name of the Response Policy Rule addressed by this request.", + "location": "path", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "dns/v1/projects/{project}/responsePolicies/{responsePolicy}/rules/{responsePolicyRule}", + "request": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRulesUpdateResponse" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform", + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/ndev.clouddns.readwrite" + ] + } + } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { @@ -2242,6 +2740,187 @@ } }, "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePoliciesListResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePoliciesListResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The presence of this field indicates that there exist more results following your last page of results in pagination order. To fetch them, make another list request using this value as your page token. This lets you the complete contents of even very large collections one page at a time. However, if the contents of the collection change between the first and last paginated list request, the set of all elements returned are an inconsistent view of the collection. You cannot retrieve a consistent snapshot of a collection larger than the maximum page size.", + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicies": { + "description": "The Response Policy resources.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePoliciesPatchResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePoliciesPatchResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePoliciesUpdateResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePoliciesUpdateResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "responsePolicy": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicy" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicy": { + "description": "A Response Policy is a collection of selectors that apply to queries made against one or more Virtual Private Cloud networks.", + "id": "ResponsePolicy", + "properties": { + "description": { + "description": "User-provided description for this Response Policy.", + "type": "string" + }, + "id": { + "description": "Unique identifier for the resource; defined by the server (output only).", + "format": "int64", + "type": "string" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "dns#responsePolicy", + "type": "string" + }, + "networks": { + "description": "List of network names specifying networks to which this policy is applied.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyNetwork" + }, + "type": "array" + }, + "responsePolicyName": { + "description": "User assigned name for this Response Policy.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyNetwork": { + "id": "ResponsePolicyNetwork", + "properties": { + "kind": { + "default": "dns#responsePolicyNetwork", + "type": "string" + }, + "networkUrl": { + "description": "The fully qualified URL of the VPC network to bind to. This should be formatted like https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/{project}/global/networks/{network}", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyRule": { + "description": "A Response Policy Rule is a selector that applies its behavior to queries that match the selector. Selectors are DNS names, which may be wildcards or exact matches. Each DNS query subject to a Response Policy matches at most one ResponsePolicyRule, as identified by the dns_name field with the longest matching suffix.", + "id": "ResponsePolicyRule", + "properties": { + "behavior": { + "description": "Answer this query with a behavior rather than DNS data.", + "enum": [ + "behaviorUnspecified", + "bypassResponsePolicy" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "", + "Skip a less-specific ResponsePolicyRule and continue normal query logic. This can be used in conjunction with a wildcard to exempt a subset of the wildcard ResponsePolicyRule from the ResponsePolicy behavior and e.g., query the public internet instead. For instance, if these rules exist: *.example.com -> 1.2.3.4 foo.example.com -> PASSTHRU Then a query for 'foo.example.com' skips the wildcard." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "dnsName": { + "description": "The DNS name (wildcard or exact) to apply this rule to. Must be unique within the Response Policy Rule.", + "type": "string" + }, + "kind": { + "default": "dns#responsePolicyRule", + "type": "string" + }, + "localData": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRuleLocalData", + "description": "Answer this query directly with DNS data. These ResourceRecordSets override any other DNS behavior for the matched name; in particular they override private zones, the public internet, and GCP internal DNS. No SOA nor NS types are allowed." + }, + "ruleName": { + "description": "An identifier for this rule. Must be unique with the ResponsePolicy.", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyRuleLocalData": { + "id": "ResponsePolicyRuleLocalData", + "properties": { + "localDatas": { + "description": "All resource record sets for this selector, one per resource record type. The name must match the dns_name.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ResourceRecordSet" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyRulesListResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePolicyRulesListResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "nextPageToken": { + "description": "The presence of this field indicates that there exist more results following your last page of results in pagination order. To fetch them, make another list request using this value as your page token. This lets you the complete contents of even very large collections one page at a time. However, if the contents of the collection change between the first and last paginated list request, the set of all elements returned are an inconsistent view of the collection. You cannot retrieve a consistent snapshot of a collection larger than the maximum page size.", + "type": "string" + }, + "responsePolicyRules": { + "description": "The Response Policy Rule resources.", + "items": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + }, + "type": "array" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyRulesPatchResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePolicyRulesPatchResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, + "ResponsePolicyRulesUpdateResponse": { + "id": "ResponsePolicyRulesUpdateResponse", + "properties": { + "header": { + "$ref": "ResponseHeader" + }, + "responsePolicyRule": { + "$ref": "ResponsePolicyRule" + } + }, + "type": "object" } }, "servicePath": "", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json index 89d87ed345d..bcffe6f7029 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dns.v1beta2.json @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://dns.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Change": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json index 500a1a9e963..48a4bd2c696 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/docs.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://docs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoText": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json index f5766b7bdb6..abfd247fd58 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1.json @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { - "description": "Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { @@ -1836,7 +1836,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -1925,7 +1925,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2566,7 +2566,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -2964,7 +2964,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor": { - "description": "The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.", + "description": "The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1Processor", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -2985,7 +2985,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}", + "description": "Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -3008,7 +3008,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The processor is in an unspecified state.", - "The processor is enabled, i.e, has an enabled version which can currently serve processing requests and all the feature dependencies have been successfully initialized.", + "The processor is enabled, i.e., has an enabled version which can currently serve processing requests and all the feature dependencies have been successfully initialized.", "The processor is disabled.", "The processor is being enabled, will become ENABLED if successful.", "The processor is being disabled, will become DISABLED if successful.", @@ -3027,11 +3027,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorType": { - "description": "A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we'll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the 'available_locations' field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the 'US' or 'EU' endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an 'invoice parsing' processor with 'available_locations' field only containing 'US'. So the user can try to create an 'invoice parsing' processor under the location 'US'. Such attempt of creating under the location 'EU' will fail. Next ID: 9.", + "description": "A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ProcessorType", "properties": { "allowCreation": { - "description": "Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.", + "description": "Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.", "type": "boolean" }, "availableLocations": { @@ -3105,7 +3105,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}", + "description": "The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}`", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -3163,7 +3163,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ReviewDocumentRequest": { - "description": "Request message for review document method. Next Id: 6.", + "description": "Request message for review document method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1ReviewDocumentRequest", "properties": { "enableSchemaValidation": { @@ -3378,7 +3378,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -3467,7 +3467,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -4086,7 +4086,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -4546,7 +4546,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -4635,7 +4635,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5274,7 +5274,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -5689,7 +5689,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json index c3a2ff39204..e3853983768 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta2.json @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -840,7 +840,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { @@ -1173,7 +1173,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -1262,7 +1262,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -2366,7 +2366,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -2455,7 +2455,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -3094,7 +3094,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json index 40bc859dbc9..ee27f98bd0e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/documentai.v1beta3.json @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { - "description": "Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the whitelisting on projects. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The project of processor type to list. The available processor types may depend on the allow-listing on projects. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) under which to create the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project and location) which owns this collection of Processors. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -599,7 +599,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of Processor or ProcessorVersion. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "parent": { - "description": "Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}", + "description": "Required. The parent (project, location and processor) to list all versions. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ ], "parameters": { "name": { - "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}, or projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}", + "description": "Required. The resource name of the Processor or ProcessorVersion to use for processing. If a Processor is specified, the server will use its default version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`, or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processorVersion}`", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/processors/[^/]+/processorVersions/[^/]+$", "required": true, @@ -796,7 +796,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://documentai.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudDocumentaiUiv1beta3BatchDeleteDocumentsMetadata": { @@ -1344,7 +1344,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { @@ -1677,7 +1677,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta1DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -1766,7 +1766,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2385,7 +2385,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -2845,7 +2845,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta2DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -2934,7 +2934,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -3573,7 +3573,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -4003,7 +4003,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "outputGcsDestination": { - "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as 'output_gcs_destination') of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", + "description": "The output_gcs_destination (in the request as `output_gcs_destination`) of the processed document if it was successful, otherwise empty.", "type": "string" }, "status": { @@ -4284,7 +4284,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentEntity": { - "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", + "description": "An entity that could be a phrase in the text or a property that belongs to the document. It is a known entity type, such as a person, an organization, or location.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3DocumentEntity", "properties": { "confidence": { @@ -4373,7 +4373,7 @@ "description": "Money value. See also: https://github.com/googleapis/googleapis/blob/master/google/type/money.proto" }, "text": { - "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective 'structured_value' fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of 'structured_value' will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", + "description": "Optional. An optional field to store a normalized string. For some entity types, one of respective `structured_value` fields may also be populated. Also not all the types of `structured_value` will be normalized. For example, some processors may not generate float or int normalized text by default. Below are sample formats mapped to structured values. - Money/Currency type (`money_value`) is in the ISO 4217 text format. - Date type (`date_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format. - Datetime type (`datetime_value`) is in the ISO 8601 text format.", "type": "string" } }, @@ -5014,7 +5014,7 @@ "type": "integer" }, "index": { - "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) on parent revision.", + "description": "The index of the parent item in the corresponding item list (eg. list of entities, properties within entities, etc.) in the parent revision.", "format": "int32", "type": "integer" }, @@ -5420,7 +5420,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3Processor": { - "description": "The first-class citizen for DAI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.", + "description": "The first-class citizen for Document AI. Each processor defines how to extract structural information from a document.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3Processor", "properties": { "createTime": { @@ -5441,7 +5441,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}", + "description": "Output only. Immutable. The resource name of the processor. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}`", "readOnly": true, "type": "string" }, @@ -5464,7 +5464,7 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "The processor is in an unspecified state.", - "The processor is enabled, i.e, has an enabled version which can currently serve processing requests and all the feature dependencies have been successfully initialized.", + "The processor is enabled, i.e., has an enabled version which can currently serve processing requests and all the feature dependencies have been successfully initialized.", "The processor is disabled.", "The processor is being enabled, will become ENABLED if successful.", "The processor is being disabled, will become DISABLED if successful.", @@ -5483,11 +5483,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessorType": { - "description": "A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we'll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the 'available_locations' field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the 'US' or 'EU' endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an 'invoice parsing' processor with 'available_locations' field only containing 'US'. So the user can try to create an 'invoice parsing' processor under the location 'US'. Such attempt of creating under the location 'EU' will fail. Next ID: 9.", + "description": "A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ProcessorType", "properties": { "allowCreation": { - "description": "Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.", + "description": "Whether the processor type allows creation. If true, users can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, users need to request access.", "type": "boolean" }, "availableLocations": { @@ -5561,7 +5561,7 @@ "type": "string" }, "name": { - "description": "The resource name of the processor version. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}", + "description": "The resource name of the processor version. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor}/processorVersions/{processor_version}`", "type": "string" }, "state": { @@ -5653,7 +5653,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ReviewDocumentRequest": { - "description": "Request message for review document method. Next Id: 6.", + "description": "Request message for review document method.", "id": "GoogleCloudDocumentaiV1beta3ReviewDocumentRequest", "properties": { "document": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json index 79d977d20c7..7cb0f10ac12 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1.json @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211115", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json index 83a25ecc05c..bb2e47e1afd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1alpha2.json @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211115", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json index 71426799c5d..196fc95672b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domains.v1beta1.json @@ -779,7 +779,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211115", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://domains.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json index 59d0f9c810e..58560efe4e1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/domainsrdap.v1.json @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://domainsrdap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json index dcb7ae68e18..ecf691736b2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v2.json @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/", - "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/ubQiVsv3YfAMklW4nn-PZ7PB7qc\"", + "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/zekGFAotWiyqWap1z25R6ZBrWoo\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png", "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png" @@ -3527,7 +3527,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211205", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json index ad3008e7cc7..2ea54a3ac10 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ "description": "Manages files in Drive including uploading, downloading, searching, detecting changes, and updating sharing permissions.", "discoveryVersion": "v1", "documentationLink": "https://developers.google.com/drive/", - "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/o7pKIQ2pLOYNMAz6-5Kx1e-IJJg\"", + "etag": "\"uWj2hSb4GVjzdDlAnRd2gbM1ZQ8/HNed2DTOJHwowccis8XgEVSbJXo\"", "icons": { "x16": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_16.png", "x32": "https://ssl.gstatic.com/docs/doclist/images/drive_icon_32.png" @@ -2191,7 +2191,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211205", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "About": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json index 8863147163e..4af90a63762 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/driveactivity.v2.json @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://driveactivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Action": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json index c4ad54e4a1a..7cc04d60e2e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/essentialcontacts.v1.json @@ -850,7 +850,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://essentialcontacts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudEssentialcontactsV1ComputeContactsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json index d06ab53dc39..d1914ea0c1e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/factchecktools.v1alpha1.json @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://factchecktools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFactcheckingFactchecktoolsV1alpha1Claim": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json index 92ada6a0eae..6a5a908cedc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fcmdata.v1beta1.json @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://fcmdata.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseFcmDataV1beta1AndroidDeliveryData": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json index 44a27a66392..fa060c2cd4a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebase.v1beta1.json @@ -1121,7 +1121,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://firebase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json index 61a5de496f5..865a1f13f2a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappcheck.v1beta.json @@ -1183,7 +1183,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappcheck.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleFirebaseAppcheckV1betaAppAttestChallengeResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json index e3af376e5e0..b05ad30ab7b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedatabase.v1beta.json @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedatabase.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DatabaseInstance": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json index b91caf86a64..d90e7b1f483 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasedynamiclinks.v1.json @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://firebasedynamiclinks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyticsInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json index 9c1b67dc739..694af315f16 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaserules.v1.json @@ -477,7 +477,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211027", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://firebaserules.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Arg": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json index a3e90905834..65b0e7e90cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebasestorage.v1beta.json @@ -238,7 +238,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211125", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://firebasestorage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddFirebaseRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json index ab4e447e672..c8cdec77b56 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1.json @@ -1247,7 +1247,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArrayValue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json index 95888a63a49..043ef3fcdfe 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta1.json @@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ArrayValue": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json index 2e65941e9f1..fcc6731482a 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firestore.v1beta2.json @@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211129", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://firestore.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json index 38f75a6fc0e..e9d35743952 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/fitness.v1.json @@ -831,7 +831,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211208", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://fitness.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AggregateBucket": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json index 1b38768b408..fb2df354e26 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/games.v1.json @@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://games.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementDefinition": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json index 5efef6dc7b7..34e2a93aa65 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesConfiguration.v1configuration.json @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://gamesconfiguration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementConfiguration": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json index 29a708da3da..ec8596c4c90 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gamesManagement.v1management.json @@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://gamesmanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AchievementResetAllResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json index ff658508814..3ad68e6f4e8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gameservices.v1.json @@ -1357,7 +1357,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211201", + "revision": "20211206", "rootUrl": "https://gameservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json index b3e7c3e943e..0313fa16a8d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmail.v1.json @@ -2682,7 +2682,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211206", + "revision": "20211218", "rootUrl": "https://gmail.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AutoForwarding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json index b21df4b0c59..4570a712ef3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json index 312eb3becfe..2966843dade 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/gmailpostmastertools.v1beta1.json @@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://gmailpostmastertools.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "DeliveryError": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json index 119c4083446..08b6567079d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupsmigration.v1.json @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://groupsmigration.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json index 1d4f20425cb..374aee7e6ed 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/groupssettings.v1.json @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211209", "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Groups": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json index d12fd280da1..624bbfc7943 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1.json @@ -4012,7 +4012,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211118", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json index b80fde6d823..c4eb7ec3733 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/healthcare.v1beta1.json @@ -4865,7 +4865,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211118", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://healthcare.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateConsentRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json index 63c98600ae0..af353d0efba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/homegraph.v1.json @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://homegraph.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentDeviceId": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json index 3db4d48d686..d6ce16a80cc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1.json @@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AccessDeniedPageSettings": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json index 990ef29268e..3ace50234e4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iap.v1beta1.json @@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://iap.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json index 73713467282..08fe7a47830 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1alpha.json @@ -331,7 +331,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1alphaAvailableLocale": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json index 3d38a3d3e92..61f9f52ea5e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ideahub.v1beta.json @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://ideahub.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleSearchIdeahubV1betaAvailableLocale": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json index 18313d06b03..3c8834d4840 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3.json @@ -651,7 +651,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json index 0f026a22a3e..0cc673cd6ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v3p1beta1.json @@ -681,7 +681,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json index 12bef05c5a4..e869892c1e6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/jobs.v4.json @@ -903,7 +903,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://jobs.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApplicationInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json index 349ad5014d6..89a3c13e9eb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/keep.v1.json @@ -314,7 +314,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://keep.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Attachment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json index 22a2f706094..8b282a5f1de 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1.json @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json index a6f3c202343..590932c17b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta1.json @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json index c84464d6094..70d48e2b69f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/language.v1beta2.json @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://language.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnalyzeEntitiesRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json index 452701d860f..e3e153a70c0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/libraryagent.v1.json @@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://libraryagent.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleExampleLibraryagentV1Book": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json index c7cb40d7590..f62007ee547 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/licensing.v1.json @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://licensing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json index a5222ad6e4a..83ce3690754 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/lifesciences.v2beta.json @@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211125", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://lifesciences.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Accelerator": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json index 549322e61ac..010a36588b0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/localservices.v1.json @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://localservices.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleAdsHomeservicesLocalservicesV1AccountReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json index 68c9902a74c..903493a21e0 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json @@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211112", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleApi__HttpBody": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json index 259c5fe7513..361b5013669 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v1.json @@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211206", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json index 5316647d9fd..2ac70ae8990 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json @@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211206", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Aggregation": { @@ -3514,7 +3514,7 @@ "description": "The authentication information. Optional when creating an HTTP check; defaults to empty." }, "body": { - "description": "The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte. Note: As with all bytes fields, JSON representations are base64 encoded. e.g.: \"foo=bar\" in URL-encoded form is \"foo%3Dbar\" and in base64 encoding is \"Zm9vJTI1M0RiYXI=\".", + "description": "The request body associated with the HTTP POST request. If content_type is URL_ENCODED, the body passed in must be URL-encoded. Users can provide a Content-Length header via the headers field or the API will do so. If the request_method is GET and body is not empty, the API will return an error. The maximum byte size is 1 megabyte.Note: If client libraries aren't used (which performs the conversion automatically) base64 encode your body data since the field is of bytes type.", "format": "byte", "type": "string" }, @@ -4975,7 +4975,7 @@ "type": "object" }, "TimeInterval": { - "description": "Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time. When writing data points, the start time must not be more than 25 hours in the past and the end time must not be more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time.", + "description": "Describes a time interval: Reads: A half-open time interval. It includes the end time but excludes the start time: (startTime, endTime]. The start time must be specified, must be earlier than the end time, and should be no older than the data retention period for the metric. Writes: A closed time interval. It extends from the start time to the end time, and includes both: [startTime, endTime]. Valid time intervals depend on the MetricKind (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/ref_v3/rest/v3/projects.metricDescriptors#MetricKind) of the metric value. The end time must not be earlier than the start time, and the end time must not be more than 25 hours in the past or more than five minutes in the future. For GAUGE metrics, the startTime value is technically optional; if no value is specified, the start time defaults to the value of the end time, and the interval represents a single point in time. If both start and end times are specified, they must be identical. Such an interval is valid only for GAUGE metrics, which are point-in-time measurements. The end time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For DELTA metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying contiguous and non-overlapping intervals. For DELTA metrics, the start time of the next interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. For CUMULATIVE metrics, the start time and end time must specify a non-zero interval, with subsequent points specifying the same start time and increasing end times, until an event resets the cumulative value to zero and sets a new start time for the following points. The new start time must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval. The start time of a new interval must be at least a millisecond after the end time of the previous interval because intervals are closed. If the start time of a new interval is the same as the end time of the previous interval, then data written at the new start time could overwrite data written at the previous end time.", "id": "TimeInterval", "properties": { "endTime": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json index 84ca3c33a87..957c15e45c1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1.json @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211113", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { @@ -1463,6 +1463,11 @@ "description": "RoutingVPC contains information about the VPC network that is associated with a hub's spokes.", "id": "RoutingVPC", "properties": { + "requiredForNewSiteToSiteDataTransferSpokes": { + "description": "Output only. If true, indicates that this VPC network is currently associated with spokes that use the data transfer feature (spokes where the site_to_site_data_transfer field is set to true). If you create new spokes that use data transfer, they must be associated with this VPC network.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "boolean" + }, "uri": { "description": "The URI of the VPC network.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json index c26e7c6479c..d7b51370ffb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/networkconnectivity.v1alpha1.json @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211113", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://networkconnectivity.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json index 5027a282af2..6b9aee855ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/orgpolicy.v2.json @@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://orgpolicy.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2Constraint": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json index 7e745b91af3..b1af7bbcc68 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pagespeedonline.v5.json @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://pagespeedonline.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AuditRefs": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json index a78b20c3c16..c42b7199266 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/paymentsresellersubscription.v1.json @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://paymentsresellersubscription.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPaymentsResellerSubscriptionV1CancelSubscriptionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json index 7b42412292b..4412a29440e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/people.v1.json @@ -1172,7 +1172,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211209", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://people.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json index 03d46b05bd8..77e6384a480 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playcustomapp.v1.json @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://playcustomapp.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CustomApp": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json index ca5e18681f6..d59096e815f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211211", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1AccessStateDiff": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json index cdb671eff10..0539b0654f4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta1.json @@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211211", "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudPolicysimulatorV1Replay": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json index 8a9768af1cf..c804b1cda03 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/prod_tt_sasportal.v1alpha1.json @@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211208", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://prod-tt-sasportal.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "SasPortalAssignment": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json index 28c4005c22d..02474c914a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json @@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "CancelOperationRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json index 80c9e5924e8..cd37e802104 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1.json @@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211223", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivatePretargetingConfigRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json index 10ec36a29fd..b9e5aa833c3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/realtimebidding.v1alpha.json @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211223", "rootUrl": "https://realtimebidding.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ActivateBiddingFunctionRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json index d4d9cb08621..45b4d774548 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recaptchaenterprise.v1.json @@ -380,10 +380,10 @@ "httpMethod": "POST", "id": "recaptchaenterprise.projects.relatedaccountgroupmemberships.search", "parameterOrder": [ - "parent" + "project" ], "parameters": { - "parent": { + "project": { "description": "Required. The name of the project to search related account group memberships from, in the format \"projects/{project}\".", "location": "path", "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$", @@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ "type": "string" } }, - "path": "v1/{+parent}/relatedaccountgroupmemberships:search", + "path": "v1/{+project}/relatedaccountgroupmemberships:search", "request": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1SearchRelatedAccountGroupMembershipsRequest" }, @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211211", "rootUrl": "https://recaptchaenterprise.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1AccountDefenderAssessment": { @@ -516,6 +516,20 @@ "type": "string" }, "type": "array" + }, + "recommendedAction": { + "description": "Recommended action after this request.", + "enum": [ + "RECOMMENDED_ACTION_UNSPECIFIED", + "REQUEST_2FA", + "SKIP_2FA" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default unspecified type.", + "The customer should probably request 2FA to their user.", + "This is likely an already seen and safe request. 2FA can be skipped." + ], + "type": "string" } }, "type": "object" @@ -582,9 +596,9 @@ ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unspecified reason.", - "Indicates a chargeback was issued for the transaction associated with the assessment, with no other details. When possible, specify the type by using CHARGEBACK_FRAUD or CHARGEBACK_DISPUTE instead.", - "Indicates a chargeback related to an alleged unauthorized transaction from the perspective of the cardholder (for example, the card number was stolen).", - "Indicates a chargeback related to the cardholder having provided their card but allegedly not being satisfied with the purchase (for example, misrepresentation, attempted cancellation).", + "Indicates a chargeback issued for the transaction with no other details. When possible, specify the type by using CHARGEBACK_FRAUD or CHARGEBACK_DISPUTE instead.", + "Indicates a chargeback related to an alleged unauthorized transaction from the cardholder's perspective (for example, the card number was stolen).", + "Indicates a chargeback related to the cardholder having provided their card details but allegedly not being satisfied with the purchase (for example, misrepresentation, attempted cancellation).", "Indicates the transaction associated with the assessment is suspected of being fraudulent based on the payment method, billing details, shipping address or other transaction information.", "Indicates that the user was served a 2FA challenge. An old assessment with `ENUM_VALUES.INITIATED_TWO_FACTOR` reason that has not been overwritten with `PASSED_TWO_FACTOR` is treated as an abandoned 2FA flow. This is equivalent to `FAILED_TWO_FACTOR`.", "Indicates that the user passed a 2FA challenge.", @@ -742,6 +756,10 @@ "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1TestingOptions", "description": "Options for user acceptance testing." }, + "wafSettings": { + "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WafSettings", + "description": "Settings for WAF" + }, "webSettings": { "$ref": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WebKeySettings", "description": "Settings for keys that can be used by websites." @@ -1045,6 +1063,41 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WafSettings": { + "description": "Settings specific to keys that can be used for WAF (Web Application Firewall).", + "id": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WafSettings", + "properties": { + "wafFeature": { + "description": "Required. The WAF feature for which this key is enabled.", + "enum": [ + "WAF_FEATURE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CHALLENGE_PAGE", + "SESSION_TOKEN", + "ACTION_TOKEN" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Undefined feature.", + "Redirects suspicious traffic to reCAPTCHA.", + "Use reCAPTCHA session-tokens to protect the whole user session on the site's domain.", + "Use reCAPTCHA action-tokens to protect user actions." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "wafService": { + "description": "Required. The WAF service that uses this key.", + "enum": [ + "WAF_SERVICE_UNSPECIFIED", + "CA" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Undefined WAF", + "Cloud Armor" + ], + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WebKeySettings": { "description": "Settings specific to keys that can be used by websites.", "id": "GoogleCloudRecaptchaenterpriseV1WebKeySettings", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json index 38b0336a784..12f5c9310ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1.json @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211205", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1CostProjection": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json index 14c36ce266e..f474ded93a5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/recommender.v1beta1.json @@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211205", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://recommender.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudRecommenderV1beta1CostProjection": { @@ -1472,14 +1472,16 @@ "COST", "SECURITY", "PERFORMANCE", - "MANAGEABILITY" + "MANAGEABILITY", + "SUSTAINABILITY" ], "enumDescriptions": [ "Default unspecified category. Don't use directly.", "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in cost.", "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in security.", "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in performance.", - "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in manageability." + "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in manageability.", + "Indicates a potential increase or decrease in sustainability." ], "type": "string" }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json index 2af1b00b615..fa96d19e66d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/reseller.v1.json @@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211208", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://reseller.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Address": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json index 6563c7c285f..52974364c23 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/resourcesettings.v1.json @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://resourcesettings.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudResourcesettingsV1ListSettingsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json index fb52a8ac66f..6a13a20c4ca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/runtimeconfig.v1beta1.json @@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211206", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://runtimeconfig.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Binding": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json index 63c8230bc52..4d13d2f026d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/safebrowsing.v4.json @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://safebrowsing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleProtobufEmpty": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json index 43605301ef7..be6badfeb36 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/searchconsole.v1.json @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://searchconsole.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ApiDataRow": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json index a4c3bf0b6f2..0f6c99e057c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1.json @@ -2587,7 +2587,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json index 061f1d83231..aeb0ea2a6fd 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta1.json @@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json index 474fda1dea3..5c220f748cb 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/securitycenter.v1beta2.json @@ -182,6 +182,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/folders/{foldersId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "getWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/folders/{foldersId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -309,6 +334,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/folders/{foldersId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "updateWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/folders/{foldersId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -432,6 +491,35 @@ } } }, + "virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "methods": { + "calculate": { + "description": "Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/folders/{foldersId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings:calculate", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.folders.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.calculate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^folders/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}:calculate", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "webSecurityScannerSettings": { "methods": { "calculate": { @@ -590,6 +678,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/organizations/{organizationsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "getWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/organizations/{organizationsId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -717,6 +830,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/organizations/{organizationsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "updateWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/organizations/{organizationsId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -840,6 +987,35 @@ } } }, + "virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "methods": { + "calculate": { + "description": "Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/organizations/{organizationsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings:calculate", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.organizations.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.calculate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^organizations/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}:calculate", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "webSecurityScannerSettings": { "methods": { "calculate": { @@ -948,6 +1124,31 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Get the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.getVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to retrieve. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "getWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Get the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -1075,6 +1276,40 @@ "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" ] }, + "updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Update the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings resource.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "httpMethod": "PATCH", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.updateVirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "updateMask": { + "description": "The list of fields to be updated.", + "format": "google-fieldmask", + "location": "query", + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}", + "request": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + }, "updateWebSecurityScannerSettings": { "description": "Update the WebSecurityScannerSettings resource.", "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/webSecurityScannerSettings", @@ -1296,6 +1531,35 @@ } } }, + "virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "methods": { + "calculate": { + "description": "Calculates the effective VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings based on its level in the resource hierarchy and its settings.", + "flatPath": "v1beta2/projects/{projectsId}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings:calculate", + "httpMethod": "GET", + "id": "securitycenter.projects.virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings.calculate", + "parameterOrder": [ + "name" + ], + "parameters": { + "name": { + "description": "Required. The name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings to calculate. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "location": "path", + "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings$", + "required": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "path": "v1beta2/{+name}:calculate", + "response": { + "$ref": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings" + }, + "scopes": [ + "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform" + ] + } + } + }, "webSecurityScannerSettings": { "methods": { "calculate": { @@ -1328,7 +1592,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://securitycenter.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Access": { @@ -2622,6 +2886,51 @@ }, "type": "object" }, + "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings": { + "description": "Resource capturing the settings for the Virtual Machine Threat Detection service.", + "id": "VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "properties": { + "modules": { + "additionalProperties": { + "$ref": "Config" + }, + "description": "The configurations including the state of enablement for the service's different modules. The absence of a module in the map implies its configuration is inherited from its parent's.", + "type": "object" + }, + "name": { + "description": "The resource name of the VirtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings. Formats: * organizations/{organization}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * folders/{folder}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings * projects/{project}/virtualMachineThreatDetectionSettings", + "type": "string" + }, + "serviceAccount": { + "description": "Output only. The service account used by Virtual Machine Threat Detection detectors.", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + }, + "serviceEnablementState": { + "description": "The state of enablement for the service at its level of the resource hierarchy. A DISABLED state will override all module enablement_states to DISABLED.", + "enum": [ + "ENABLEMENT_STATE_UNSPECIFIED", + "INHERITED", + "ENABLED", + "DISABLED" + ], + "enumDescriptions": [ + "Default value. This value is unused.", + "State is inherited from the parent resource.", + "State is enabled.", + "State is disabled." + ], + "type": "string" + }, + "updateTime": { + "description": "Output only. The time the settings were last updated.", + "format": "google-datetime", + "readOnly": true, + "type": "string" + } + }, + "type": "object" + }, "Vulnerability": { "description": "Refers to common vulnerability fields e.g. cve, cvss, cwe etc.", "id": "Vulnerability", diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json index 220d8b1efe2..77d9d04689e 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json @@ -542,7 +542,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddTenantProjectRequest": { @@ -909,11 +909,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "Control": { - "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.", + "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles two things: - **What is allowed:** for each API request, Chemist checks the project status, activation status, abuse status, billing status, service status, location restrictions, VPC Service Controls, SuperQuota, and other policies. - **What has happened:** for each API response, Chemist reports the telemetry data to analytics, auditing, billing, eventing, logging, monitoring, sawmill, and tracing. Chemist also accepts telemetry data not associated with API traffic, such as billing metrics. Example: control: environment: servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "id": "Control", "properties": { "environment": { - "description": "The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.", + "description": "The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json index 068383fae64..619d0bef4c6 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json @@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { @@ -801,11 +801,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "Control": { - "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.", + "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles two things: - **What is allowed:** for each API request, Chemist checks the project status, activation status, abuse status, billing status, service status, location restrictions, VPC Service Controls, SuperQuota, and other policies. - **What has happened:** for each API response, Chemist reports the telemetry data to analytics, auditing, billing, eventing, logging, monitoring, sawmill, and tracing. Chemist also accepts telemetry data not associated with API traffic, such as billing metrics. Example: control: environment: servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "id": "Control", "properties": { "environment": { - "description": "The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.", + "description": "The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "type": "string" } }, @@ -2153,6 +2153,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "supportedLocations": { + "description": "List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "unit": { "description": "The limit unit. An example unit would be: `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.", "type": "string" diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json index 84a81cd5a49..b49d63079a1 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v1.json @@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211104", + "revision": "20211130", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AllocateInfo": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json index 9bab7c22286..f90bb11cbae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicecontrol.v2.json @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211104", + "revision": "20211130", "rootUrl": "https://servicecontrol.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Api": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json index 78fdab479f3..9f1d72fd85f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json @@ -860,7 +860,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json index c7f049dc440..8ab70b3b0a7 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1beta.json @@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211210", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json index db409b972f4..2eafb11d55b 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json @@ -426,7 +426,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminQuotaPolicy": { @@ -845,11 +845,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "Control": { - "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.", + "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles two things: - **What is allowed:** for each API request, Chemist checks the project status, activation status, abuse status, billing status, service status, location restrictions, VPC Service Controls, SuperQuota, and other policies. - **What has happened:** for each API response, Chemist reports the telemetry data to analytics, auditing, billing, eventing, logging, monitoring, sawmill, and tracing. Chemist also accepts telemetry data not associated with API traffic, such as billing metrics. Example: control: environment: servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "id": "Control", "properties": { "environment": { - "description": "The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.", + "description": "The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json index 1834b355685..8f112a1e992 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json @@ -959,7 +959,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211207", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AdminQuotaPolicy": { @@ -1331,6 +1331,13 @@ }, "type": "array" }, + "supportedLocations": { + "description": "List of all supported locations. This field is present only if the limit has a {region} or {zone} dimension.", + "items": { + "type": "string" + }, + "type": "array" + }, "unit": { "description": "The limit unit. An example unit would be `1/{project}/{region}` Note that `{project}` and `{region}` are not placeholders in this example; the literal characters `{` and `}` occur in the string.", "type": "string" @@ -1429,11 +1436,11 @@ "type": "object" }, "Control": { - "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles features like abuse, quota, billing, logging, monitoring, etc.", + "description": "Selects and configures the service controller used by the service. The service controller handles two things: - **What is allowed:** for each API request, Chemist checks the project status, activation status, abuse status, billing status, service status, location restrictions, VPC Service Controls, SuperQuota, and other policies. - **What has happened:** for each API response, Chemist reports the telemetry data to analytics, auditing, billing, eventing, logging, monitoring, sawmill, and tracing. Chemist also accepts telemetry data not associated with API traffic, such as billing metrics. Example: control: environment: servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "id": "Control", "properties": { "environment": { - "description": "The service control environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled.", + "description": "The service controller environment to use. If empty, no control plane feature (like quota and billing) will be enabled. The recommended value for most services is servicecontrol.googleapis.com", "type": "string" } }, diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json index 9484b060545..728b1b3827f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/sheets.v4.json @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211209", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://sheets.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddBandingRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json index e4876432625..618bd9afdba 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/slides.v1.json @@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211214", "rootUrl": "https://slides.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AffineTransform": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json index 6c8f94b0d25..591871115fc 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/smartdevicemanagement.v1.json @@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211206", + "revision": "20211215", "rootUrl": "https://smartdevicemanagement.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleHomeEnterpriseSdmV1Device": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json index e7d84491632..64272f6c475 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json @@ -961,7 +961,7 @@ ] }, "dropDatabase": { - "description": "Drops (aka deletes) a Cloud Spanner database. Completed backups for the database will be retained according to their `expire_time`.", + "description": "Drops (aka deletes) a Cloud Spanner database. Completed backups for the database will be retained according to their `expire_time`. Note: Cloud Spanner might continue to accept requests for a few seconds after the database has been deleted.", "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/instances/{instancesId}/databases/{databasesId}", "httpMethod": "DELETE", "id": "spanner.projects.instances.databases.dropDatabase", @@ -2037,7 +2037,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211203", "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Backup": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json index 0573b7204e9..f3ceae0a18c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClassItem": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json index ddd0e8d5785..6df0d9d3dd8 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v1p1beta1.json @@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ClassItem": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json index c22c57aa2e6..f2e1d366a95 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/speech.v2beta1.json @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211221", "rootUrl": "https://speech.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "ListOperationsResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json index de6d572a005..814648b8175 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/storagetransfer.v1.json @@ -600,7 +600,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211217", "rootUrl": "https://storagetransfer.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AgentPool": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json index 16373fcdafc..aacb74ab509 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/streetviewpublish.v1.json @@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://streetviewpublish.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDeletePhotosRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json index c73825e2790..0c58fd7e3c4 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v1.json @@ -1932,7 +1932,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json index 33efeb5cd0d..1bb810913d3 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tagmanager.v2.json @@ -3317,7 +3317,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211130", + "revision": "20211216", "rootUrl": "https://tagmanager.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json index 681f0890380..cf2eb3582ae 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/tasks.v1.json @@ -566,7 +566,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://tasks.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Task": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json index b66eb339974..d5b92d7c074 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/testing.v1.json @@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211202", + "revision": "20211207", "rootUrl": "https://testing.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Account": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json index fa676be4ed5..54ff2568b70 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3.json @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json index 286735e4075..0c9b7f4a59c 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/translate.v3beta1.json @@ -744,7 +744,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://translation.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "BatchDocumentInputConfig": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json index 5e0ae496861..8238eef3f55 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/versionhistory.v1.json @@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211213", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://versionhistory.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Channel": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json index d7086e36eba..0679ebc95be 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1.json @@ -350,7 +350,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211126", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json index cdfe5e3eecf..c328c29a320 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1beta2.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211126", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json index 1450b39f4e1..ac1397617d2 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p1beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211126", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json index 7ea5ad71fcf..822ccd6bd15 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p2beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211126", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json index d931e421aab..18b1c714fb5 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/videointelligence.v1p3beta1.json @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211126", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://videointelligence.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudVideointelligenceV1_AnnotateVideoProgress": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json index 6f964d2b10b..7a98736f78f 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json @@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211112", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AddProductToProductSetRequest": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json index d91551388b5..51ea16b1e27 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p1beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211112", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json index 02faf8874f8..4d638c89d63 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1p2beta1.json @@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211112", + "revision": "20211210", "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AnnotateFileResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json index 77b18a7edd7..37ab491afca 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webfonts.v1.json @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211105", + "revision": "20211213", "rootUrl": "https://webfonts.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Webfont": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json index b4ee1dd8907..251359b8da9 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json @@ -446,7 +446,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211203", + "revision": "20211211", "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json index 073573cef32..86f0d49c779 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json @@ -3789,7 +3789,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211222", "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "AbuseReport": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json index 691fe07e7be..8d5827884db 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubeAnalytics.v2.json @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://youtubeanalytics.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "EmptyResponse": { diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json index ce74d8c0bbd..ea402058c7d 100644 --- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json +++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtubereporting.v1.json @@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ } } }, - "revision": "20211211", + "revision": "20211220", "rootUrl": "https://youtubereporting.googleapis.com/", "schemas": { "Empty": {